Vous êtes sur la page 1sur 174

GPS

Essentials of
Satellite Navigation
Compendium

Abstract
TheoryandPrinciplesofSatelliteNavigation.
OverviewofGPS/GNSSSystemsandApplications.

www.u-blox.com

locate,communicate,accelerate

GPS-Compendium

Document Information
Title

GPS

Subtitle

Essentialsof
SatelliteNavigation

Document type

Compendium

Document number

GPS-X-02007-D

Document status

Released

Thisdocumentandtheuseofanyinformationcontainedtherein,issubjecttotheacceptanceoftheu-bloxtermsandconditions.They
canbedownloadedfromwww.u-blox.com.
u-bloxmakesnowarrantiesbasedontheaccuracyorcompletenessofthecontentsofthisdocumentandreservestherighttomake
changestospecificationsandproductdescriptionsatanytimewithoutnotice.
u-bloxreservesallrightstothisdocumentandtheinformationcontainedherein.Reproduction,useordisclosuretothirdpartieswithout
expresspermissionisstrictlyprohibited.Copyright2009,u-bloxAG.

GPS-X-02007-D

Page 2 of 174

GPS-Compendium

Foreword
Where on Earth am I?
The answer to this seemingly simple
question can sometimes be a matter of
life and death. Consider an aviator trying
to find a safe destination to land, or the
crew of a ship in distress seeking
assistance, or a hiker in the mountains
disoriented by poor weather conditions.
Your position on Earth is of vital
importance and can have an immense
varietyofimplicationsandapplications.
These neednt be as dramatic as the
circumstances above, but there can be
situations that also have a significant
impact on our daily lives. How do I find
that address that Ive been searching for,
how can businesses keep track of their
mobile assets, how do governments
implement road-pricing systems, or when
and where should the public transit
vehicle trigger the next traffic light? The
potentialapplicationsandusesofposition
information are seemingly limitless. Our
position on this blue planet has always
been vitally important to human beings
andtodayourexactpositionissomething
thatwecanobtainwithastonishingease.
Amongthemoststunningtechnologicaldevelopmentsinrecentyearshavebeentheimmenseadvancesinthe
realm of satellite navigation or Global Navigation Satellite Systems (GNSS) technologies. In a matter of a few
years,satellitenavigationhasevolvedfromthelevelofsciencefictiontosciencefactwithadynamicandrapidly
growing industry providing customers around the world with technology devoted to the rapid, reliable and
readilyavailabledeterminationoftheirposition.
As global leaders in this fascinating and rapidly changing industry, u-blox AG is a team of dedicated satellite
navigation enthusiasts with a tradition of innovation and quality. As part of our commitment to customer
service,u-bloxispleasedtobeabletoprovideyouwiththiscompendiumtohelpleadyouintotheremarkable
worldofsatellitenavigation.
The aimofthis book is toprovidea comprehensiveoverview ofthe way inwhich satellitenavigation systems
functionandtheapplicationsinwhichtheycanbeused.Thecurrentlevelofdevelopmentaswellaschanges
and new advances will be examined. It is written for users who are interested in the technology as well as
specialistsinvolvedinsatellitenavigationapplications.Thedocumentisstructuredinsuchawaythatthereader
can graduate from simple facts to more complex concepts. The basic theory of satellite navigation will be
introducedandsupplementedbyotherimportantfacets.Thiscompendiumisintendedtoadditionallyserveas
anaidinunderstandingthetechnologythatgoesspecificallyintocurrentsatellitenavigationreceivers,modules
andICs.Importantnewdevelopmentswillbedealtwithinseparatesections.Acquiringanunderstandingofthe
various current coordinate systems involved in using GNSS equipment can be a difficult task. Therefore, a
separatechapterisdevotedtointroducingcartography.
Wehopethatthisdocumentwillbeofassistancetoyouandthatyouwillbeasenthusiasticasweareaboutthe
technology involved in determining position. It is indeed an immensely fascinating world and industry that
answersthequestionwhereonEarthamI?

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

Foreword
Page 3 of 174

GPS-Compendium

Authors preface
In1990,IwastravelingbytrainfromChurtoBrigintheSwisscantonofValais.Inordertopassthetimeduring
the journey, I had brought along a few trade journals with me. While thumbing through an American
publication,Icameacrossatechnicalarticlethatdescribedanewpositioningandnavigationsysteminvolving
satellites.Thenewsystem,knownasGlobalPositioningSystemorGPS,employedanumberofUSsatellitesto
determineonespositionanywhereintheworldtowithinanaccuracyofabout100m 1 .
Asanavidsportsmanandmountainhiker,Ihadonmanyoccasionsendedupinprecarioussituationsduetoa
lackofknowledgeoftheareaIwasin.Therefore,Iwasfascinatedbytherevolutionaryprospectofbeingableto
determinemypositioneveninfogoratnightbyusingaGPSreceiver.
IbegantointensivelyoccupymyselfwithGPS,arousingagreatdealofenthusiasmforthistechnologyamong
studentsatmyuniversity,whichresultedinseveralresearchsemestersandgraduatethesesonthesubject.With
time I felt that I had become a true expert on the subject and wrote technical articles about GPS for various
publications.

Why read this book?


The development of the many new and fascinating potential applications of satellite navigation requires an
appreciationofthewayinwhichthesesystemsfunction.Ifyouarefamiliarwiththetechnicalbackgroundofthe
system, it becomes possible to develop and use new positioning and navigation equipment. As well as the
possibilities,thisbookalsolooksatsomeofthelimitationsofthesysteminordertoprotectyoufromunrealistic
expectations.

How did this book come about?


In2000IdecidedtoreducetheamountoftimeIspentlecturingatmyuniversityinordertogainanoverviewof
thecommercialsatellitenavigationindustry.Mydesirewastoworkforacompanydirectlyinvolvedwithsatellite
navigation and just such a company was u-blox AG, who received me with open arms. u-blox asked me to
produce a brochure that they could give to their customers, and this compendium is the result and is a
summationofearlierarticlesandnewlycompiledchapters.

A heartfelt wish
Iwishyoueverysuccessasyouembarkonyourjourneythroughthewide-rangingworldofsatellitenavigation
andtrustthatyouwillsuccessfullynavigateyourwaythroughthisfascinatingtechnicalfield.Enjoyyourread!
ForquestionsorifyoufinderrorsinthisbookpleasecontactusatGPScompendium@u-blox.com.
Jean-MarieZogg
October2001
July2006
February2009

Thatwasin1990,positionaldataisnowaccuratetowithin5to10m!

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

Authorspreface
Page 4 of 174

GPS-Compendium

Contents
Foreword ............................................................................................................................3
Authors preface.................................................................................................................4
Contents..............................................................................................................................5
Introduction......................................................................................................................10
1

Satellite navigation made simple..............................................................................12


1.1

Theprincipleofmeasuringsignaltransittime ..................................................................................... 12

1.1.1

Basicprinciplesofsatellitenavigation .......................................................................................... 13

1.1.2

Signaltraveltime......................................................................................................................... 15

1.1.3

Determiningposition................................................................................................................... 16

1.1.4

Theeffectandcorrectionoftimeerror........................................................................................ 17

Coordinate systems....................................................................................................18
2.1

Introduction........................................................................................................................................ 18

2.2

Geoid ................................................................................................................................................. 18

2.3

Ellipsoidanddatum ............................................................................................................................ 19

2.3.1

Ellipsoid....................................................................................................................................... 19

2.3.2

Customizedlocalreferenceellipsoidsanddatum......................................................................... 20

2.3.3

Nationalreferencesystems .......................................................................................................... 21

2.3.4

WorldwidereferenceellipsoidWGS-84 ....................................................................................... 21

2.3.5

Transformationfromlocaltoworldwidereferenceellipsoid......................................................... 22

2.3.6

Convertingcoordinatesystems.................................................................................................... 24

2.4

Planarregionalcoordinates,projection ............................................................................................... 24

2.4.1

Gauss-Krgerprojection(TransversalMercatorProjection) .......................................................... 25

2.4.2

UTMprojection ........................................................................................................................... 25

2.4.3

Swissprojectionsystem(ConformalDoubleProjection) ............................................................... 27

2.4.4

Worldwideconversionofcoordinates.......................................................................................... 28

2.5

Georeferencingofrastermaps ........................................................................................................... 29

2.5.1

Introduction ................................................................................................................................ 29

2.5.2

Basicsoftransformation .............................................................................................................. 29

2.5.3

Determiningthetransformationcoordinate................................................................................. 29

2.5.4

Determiningthetransformationparametersa,b,c,d,e,f .......................................................... 30

2.5.5

Example(rastermaptoWGS84).................................................................................................. 32

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

Contents
Page 5 of 174

GPS-Compendium

Foundations of satellite technology .........................................................................34


3.1

Keplerslaws ...................................................................................................................................... 34

3.1.1

Keplersfirstlaw.......................................................................................................................... 34

3.1.2

Keplerssecondlaw..................................................................................................................... 34

3.1.3

Keplersthirdlaw ........................................................................................................................ 35

3.2

Satelliteorbits..................................................................................................................................... 36

3.3

Orbitalaltitude ................................................................................................................................... 38

3.4

Radiofrequencies ............................................................................................................................... 39

3.5

Timesystems ...................................................................................................................................... 40

3.5.1

InternationalAtomicTime(TAI) ................................................................................................... 40

3.5.2

CoordinatedUniversalTime(UTC)............................................................................................... 40

3.5.3

GPSTime..................................................................................................................................... 40

3.5.4

SatelliteTime............................................................................................................................... 40

3.5.5

LocalTime ................................................................................................................................... 41

GNSS technology: the GPS example .........................................................................42


4.1

Introduction........................................................................................................................................ 42

4.2

Descriptionoftheentiresystem.......................................................................................................... 42

4.3

Spacesegment ................................................................................................................................... 43

4.3.1

Satellitedistributionandmovement ............................................................................................ 43

4.3.2

TheGPSsatellites ........................................................................................................................ 46

4.3.3

Generatingthesatellitesignal ..................................................................................................... 48

4.4

Controlsegment ................................................................................................................................ 51

4.4.1
4.5

Usersegment ..................................................................................................................................... 52

4.6

TheGPSmessage ............................................................................................................................... 56

4.6.1

Introduction ................................................................................................................................ 56

4.6.2

Structureofthenavigationmessage ........................................................................................... 56

4.6.3

Informationcontainedinthesubframes ...................................................................................... 57

4.6.4

TLMandHOW ............................................................................................................................ 57

4.6.5

Subdivisionofthe25pages......................................................................................................... 58

4.6.6

Comparisonbetweenephemerisandalmanacdata..................................................................... 58

4.7

GPSmodernization............................................................................................................................. 60

4.7.1

Newmodulationprocedure,BOCandMBOC.............................................................................. 60

4.7.2

GPSmodernization...................................................................................................................... 64

GLONASS, GALILEO and Beidou/Compass................................................................66


5.1

Introduction........................................................................................................................................ 66

GPS-X-02007-D

Deactivationpossibilitiesandartificialdistortionofthesignal(SA)............................................... 51

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

Contents
Page 6 of 174

GPS-Compendium

5.2

GLONASS:theRussiansystem ............................................................................................................ 67

5.2.1
5.3

Overview ..................................................................................................................................... 71

5.3.2

ProjectedGALILEOservices.......................................................................................................... 72

5.3.3

Accuracy ..................................................................................................................................... 74

5.3.4

GALILEOtechnology.................................................................................................................... 75

5.3.5

MostimportantpropertiesofthethreeGNSSsystems................................................................. 79

TheChinesesystemBeidou1andBeidou2/Compass......................................................................... 80

5.4.1

Currentsystem:Beidou1 ............................................................................................................ 80

5.4.2

Futuresystem:Beidou2/Compass ............................................................................................... 80

Calculating position ...................................................................................................81


6.1

Introduction........................................................................................................................................ 81

6.2

Calculatingaposition ......................................................................................................................... 81

6.2.1

Theprincipleofmeasuringsignaltraveltime(evaluationofpseudorange)................................... 81

6.2.2

Linearizationoftheequation....................................................................................................... 83

6.2.3

Solvingtheequation ................................................................................................................... 85

6.2.4

Summary..................................................................................................................................... 85

6.3

Determinationoftraveltimeindetail.................................................................................................. 86

6.3.1

Timesystems ............................................................................................................................... 86

6.3.2

Determinationoftraveltimeindetail .......................................................................................... 86

6.3.3

Determinationoftraveltimeerror ............................................................................................... 89

6.3.4

Additionalinfluencesaffectingtraveltime................................................................................... 89

6.4

GALILEO ............................................................................................................................................. 71

5.3.1

5.4

ErroranalysisandDOP........................................................................................................................ 90

6.4.1

Introduction ................................................................................................................................ 90

6.4.2

Theinfluenceofsatellitegeometryonaccuracy,theDOPvalue................................................... 91

Improved GPS: DGPS, SBAS, A-GPS and HSGPS .....................................................100


7.1

Introduction...................................................................................................................................... 100

7.2

SourcesofGPSerror......................................................................................................................... 100

7.3

Possibilitiesforreducingthemeasurementerror............................................................................... 101

7.3.1

DGPSbasedonsignaltraveltimedelaymeasurement ............................................................... 103

7.3.2

DGPSbasedoncarrierphasemeasurement............................................................................... 106

7.3.3

DGPSpost-processing(signaltraveltimeandphasemeasurement) ........................................... 106

7.3.4

Transmittingthecorrectiondata................................................................................................ 107

7.3.5

DGPSclassificationaccordingtothebroadcastrange ................................................................ 108

7.3.6

Standardsforthetransmissionofcorrectionsignals .................................................................. 108

GPS-X-02007-D

CompletionofGLONASS............................................................................................................. 68

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

Contents
Page 7 of 174

GPS-Compendium

7.3.7
7.4

DGPSservicesforreal-timecorrection............................................................................................... 110

7.4.1

Introduction .............................................................................................................................. 110

7.4.2

TerrestrialservicesbasedonRTCMSC-104 ............................................................................... 110

7.4.3

SatelliteservicesbasedonRTCMSC-104 .................................................................................. 111

7.5

WideAreaDGPS(WADGPS) ............................................................................................................. 112

7.5.1

Satellitebasedaugmentationsystems,SBAS(WAAS,EGNOS) ................................................... 112

7.5.2

Overviewofexistingandplannedsystems................................................................................. 113

7.5.3

OverviewofplannedRNSS ........................................................................................................ 115

7.5.4

SBASsystemdescription............................................................................................................ 116

7.5.5

SatelliteDGPSservicesusingRTCMSC-104............................................................................... 117

7.6

AchievableaccuracywithDGPSandSBAS ........................................................................................ 118

7.7

Assisted-GPS(A-GPS,AGPS) ............................................................................................................. 118

7.7.1

Introduction .............................................................................................................................. 118

7.7.2

PrincipleofA-GPS ..................................................................................................................... 119

7.7.3

Referencenetwork .................................................................................................................... 121

7.7.4

A-GPSnetwork ......................................................................................................................... 121

7.7.5

A-GPSwithonlineaidingdata(real-timeA-GPS) ....................................................................... 122

7.7.6

A-GPSwithofflineaidingdata(predictedorbits) ....................................................................... 123

7.7.7

Architectures ............................................................................................................................. 124

7.7.8

Controlplanearchitecture......................................................................................................... 124

7.7.9

Userplanearchitecture.............................................................................................................. 125

7.7.10

Architectureadvantages............................................................................................................ 125

7.7.11

OMA-SecureUserPlaneLocationArchitecture(OMA-SUPL) ...................................................... 126

7.8

HighSensitivityGPS(HSGPS) ............................................................................................................ 127

7.8.1

Improvedoscillatorstability ....................................................................................................... 127

7.8.2

Antennas................................................................................................................................... 127

7.8.3

Noisefigureconsiderations........................................................................................................ 128

7.8.4

Correlatorsandcorrelationtime ................................................................................................ 128

7.9

GNSS-repeaterorre-radiationantenna............................................................................................. 129

7.10

Overviewofthedifferentcorrectionservices ............................................................................. 109

Pseudolitesforindoorapplications ................................................................................................ 129

Data formats and hardware interfaces...................................................................130


8.1

Introduction...................................................................................................................................... 130

8.2

Datainterfaces ................................................................................................................................. 131

8.2.1

TheNMEA-0183datainterface ................................................................................................. 131

8.2.2

ConversionfromNMEAtoKML ................................................................................................ 142

8.2.3

TheDGPScorrectiondata(RTCMSC-104)................................................................................. 145

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

Contents
Page 8 of 174

GPS-Compendium

8.2.4
8.3

Proprietarydatainterfaces......................................................................................................... 150

Hardwareinterfaces ......................................................................................................................... 153

8.3.1

Antennas................................................................................................................................... 153

8.3.2

Supply ....................................................................................................................................... 154

8.3.3

Timepulse:1PPSandtimesystems............................................................................................ 155

8.3.4

ConvertingtheTTLleveltoRS-232............................................................................................ 155

GNSS RECEIVERS.......................................................................................................158
9.1

BasicsofGNSShandheldreceivers.................................................................................................... 158

9.2

GNSSreceivermodules..................................................................................................................... 159

9.2.1

BasicdesignofaGNSSmodule ................................................................................................. 159

10 GNSS applications ....................................................................................................161


10.1

Introduction .................................................................................................................................. 161

10.2

Descriptionofthevariousapplications .......................................................................................... 162

10.2.1

LocationBasedServices(LBS)..................................................................................................... 162

10.2.2

Commerceandindustry ............................................................................................................ 162

10.2.3

Communicationstechnology ..................................................................................................... 163

10.2.4

Agricultureandforestry............................................................................................................. 164

10.2.5

Scienceandresearch ................................................................................................................. 164

10.2.6

Tourismandsport ..................................................................................................................... 166

10.2.7

Military...................................................................................................................................... 166

10.2.8

Timemeasurement.................................................................................................................... 166

Appendix ........................................................................................................................167
A Resources in the World Wide Web..........................................................................167

A.1

Summaryreportsandlinks ............................................................................................................... 167

A.2

DifferentialGPS ................................................................................................................................ 167

A.3

GPSinstitutes ................................................................................................................................... 167

A.4

GNSSnewsgroupandGNSStechnicaljournal................................................................................... 168

Index .........................................................................................................................169
B.1

Listoffigures.................................................................................................................................... 169

B.2

Listoftables ..................................................................................................................................... 172

B.3

Sources............................................................................................................................................. 173

Revision history ........................................................................................................174

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

Contents
Page 9 of 174

GPS-Compendium

Introduction
SatelliteNavigationisamethodemployingaGlobalNavigationSatelliteSystem(GNSS)toaccuratelydetermine
positionandtimeanywhereonEarth.SatelliteNavigationreceiversarecurrentlyusedbybothprivateindividuals
and businesses for positioning, locating, navigating, surveying, and determining the exact time in an evergrowinglistofpersonal,leisureandcommercialapplications.
UsingaGNSSsystem,thefollowingvaluescanaccuratelybedeterminedanywhereontheglobe(Figure1):
1. Exactposition(longitude,latitudeandaltitudecoordinates)accuratetowithin20mtoapprox.1mm.
2. Exacttime(UniversalTimeCoordinated,UTC)accuratetowithin60nstoapprox.5ns.
Speed and direction of travel (course) can be derived from these values, which are obtained from satellites
orbitingtheEarth.SpeedoftravelmayalsobedetermineddirectlybymeansofDopplershiftmeasurements.

Longitude: 924'23.43''
Latitude: 4648'37.20''
Altitude: 709.1m
Time: 12h33'07''

Figure 1: The basic function of satellite navigation

Asof2009,theGlobalPositioningSystem(GPS)developedandoperatedbytheUnitedStatesDepartmentof
Defense(DoD)wastheonlyfullyoperationalGNSSsystem.TherapidlydevelopingSatelliteNavigationindustry
hassprunguparoundtheGPSsystem,andforthisreasonthetermsGPSandSatelliteNavigationaresometimes
used interchangeably. This document will place an emphasis on GPS, although other emerging GNSS systems
willbeintroducedanddiscussed.
GPS(thefullnameofthesystemis:NAVigationSystemwithTimingAndRangingGlobalPositioningSystem,
NAVSTAR-GPS)isintendedforbothcivilianandmilitaryuse.TheciviliansignalSPS(Standard PositioningService)
canbeusedfreelybythegeneralpublic,whilethemilitarysignalPPS(PrecisePositioningService)isavailableonly
toauthorizedgovernmentagencies.ThefirstsatellitewasplacedinorbitonFebruary22,1978,anditisplanned
to have up to 32 operational satellites orbiting the Earth at an altitude of 20,180 km on 6 different orbital
planes. The orbits are inclined at 55 to the equator, ensuring that at least 4 satellites are in radio
communicationwithanypointontheplanet.EachsatelliteorbitstheEarthinapproximately12hoursandhas
fouratomicclocksonboard.
DuringthedevelopmentoftheGPSsystem,particularemphasiswasplacedonthefollowingthreeaspects:
1. Ithadtoprovideuserswiththecapabilityofdeterminingposition,speedandtime,whetherinmotionorat
rest.
2. Ithadtohaveacontinuous,global,all-weather3-dimensionalpositioningcapabilitywithahighdegreeof
accuracy.
3. Ithadtoofferpotentialforcivilianuse.

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

Introduction
Page 10 of 174

GPS-Compendium

Withinthenextfiveorsixyearstherewilllikelybe3fullyindependentGNSSsystemsavailable.TheUnitedStates
willcontinuetoprovideGPSandRussiaandtheEuropeanUnionshouldrespectivelybringtheirGLONASSand
GALILEOsystemsintofulloperation.Allofthesesystemswillundergomodernizationandimprovements,which
shouldimprovetheirreliabilityandmakenewpotentialservicesandapplicationsavailable 2 .
This compendium will examine the essential principles of Satellite Navigation and move beyond these into
specificapplicationsandtechnologies.GPSwillreceiveparticularfocusbecauseofitsimportanceasforerunner
andindustrystandard,andimportantdevelopmentssuchasDifferential-GPS(DGPS),Assisted-GPS(AGPS)and
DeviceInterfaceswillbetreatedinseparatesections.Thisisallwiththegoalofprovidingthereaderwithasolid
foundationandunderstandingofthisfascinatingandincreasinglyimportantfield.

Amongthesewillbeimportantadvancesforaviation,whereinapproachesandlandingsusingsatellitenavigationshouldbecomepossible.

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

Introduction
Page 11 of 174

GPS-Compendium

1 Satellite navigation made simple

Do you want to . . .
o

understand,howthedistanceoflightningcanbesimplydetermined?

understand,howSatelliteNavigationessentiallyfunctions?

know,howmanyatomicclocksareonboardaGPSsatellite?

know,howtodetermineapositiononaplane?

understand,whySatelliteNavigationrequiresfoursatellitestodetermineaposition?

Then you should read this chapter!

1.1 The principle of measuring signal transit time


Atsometimeorotherduringathunderstormyouhavealmostcertainlyattemptedtoworkouthowfaraway
youarefromaboltoflightning.Thedistancecanbeestablishedquiteeasily(Figure2):distance=thetimethe
lightningflashisperceived(starttime)untilthethunderisheard(stoptime)multipliedbythespeedofsound
(approx.330m/s).Thedifferencebetweenthestartandstoptimeisreferredtoasthesignaltraveltime.Inthis
casethesignalissoundwavestravelingthroughtheair.

Eye d
eterm
ines t
he
Travel time

start t
im

me
top ti
s
e
h
st
rmine
e
t
e
d
Ear

Figure 2: Determining the distance of a lightning flash

distance travel time speed of sound


SatelliteNavigationfunctionsbythesameprinciple.Onecalculatespositionbyestablishingthedistancerelative
toreferencesatelliteswithaknownposition.Inthiscasethedistanceiscalculatedfromthetraveltimeofradio
wavestransmittedfromthesatellites.

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

Satellitenavigationmadesimple
Page 12 of 174

GPS-Compendium

1.1.1 Basic principles of satellite navigation


SatelliteNavigationSystemsallusethesamebasicprinciplestodeterminecoordinates:

Satelliteswithaknownpositiontransmitaregulartimesignal.

Basedonthemeasuredtraveltimeoftheradiowaves(electromagneticsignalstravelthroughspaceatthe
speedoflightc=300000km/s)thepositionofthereceiveriscalculated.
Wecanseetheprinciplemoreclearlyusingasimplemodel.Imaginethatweareinacarandneedtodetermine
ourpositiononalongandstraightstreet.Attheendofthestreetisaradiotransmittersendingatimesignal
pulse every second. Onboard the car we are carrying a clock, which is synchronized to the clock at the
transmitter.Bymeasuringtheelapsedtraveltimefromthetransmittertothecarwecancalculateourposition
onthestreet(Figure3).

TransmittedSignal

ReceivedSignal

TravelTime

Calculated
Positiondueto
1sTimeError

TimeSignal
Transmitter
Street
300m

DistanceD

Figure 3: In the simplest case distance is determined by measuring the travel time

ThedistanceDiscalculatedbymultiplyingthetraveltimebythevelocityoflightc.
D=c
Becausethetimeoftheclockonboardourcarmaynotbeexactlysynchronizedwiththeclockatthetransmitter,
there can be a discrepancy between the calculated and actual distance traveled. In navigation this observed
distance referenced to the local clock is referred to as pseudorange. In our example a travel time of one
microsecond(1s)generatesapseudorangeof300m.
Wecouldsolvetheproblemoflocalclocksynchronizationbyoutfittingourcarwithanexactatomicclock,but
this would probably exceed our budget. Another solution involves using a second synchronized time signal
transmitter,forwhichtheseparation(A)tothefirst transmitterisknown.Bymeasuringbothtraveltimesitis
possibletoexactlyestablishthedistance(D)despitehavinganimpreciseonboardclock.

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

Satellitenavigationmadesimple
Page 13 of 174

GPS-Compendium

TransmittedSignal1

TransmittedSignal2

ReceivedSignals

2
1

TravelTime1

TravelTime2

TimeSignal
Transmitter1

TimeSignal
Transmitter2
Street
DistanceD
SeparationA

Figure 4: With two transmitters it is possible to calculate the exact position despite time errors.

1 2 c A
2

Aswehaveseen,inordertoexactlycalculatethepositionandtimealongaline(bydefinitionalineexpandsin
onedimension)werequiretwotimesignaltransmitters.Fromthiswecandrawthefollowingconclusion:When
an unsynchronized onboard clock is employed in calculating position, it is necessary that the number of time
signaltransmittersexceedthenumberofunknowndimensionsbyavalueofone.
Forexample:

Onaplane(expansionintwodimensions)weneedthreetime-signaltransmitters.

Inthree-dimensionalspaceweneedfourtime-signaltransmitters.

SatelliteNavigationSystemsusesatellitesastime-signaltransmitters.Contacttoatleastfoursatellites(Figure5)
is necessary in order to determine the three desired coordinates (Longitude, Latitude, Altitude) as well as the
exacttime.Weexplainthisinmoredetailinthefollowingsections.

Sat. 3
Sat. 4

Sat. 2

Sat. 1

SatelliteSignal

TravelTime
t

Transmission Reception

Figure 5: Four satellites are needed to determine longitude, latitude, altitude and time

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

Satellitenavigationmadesimple
Page 14 of 174

GPS-Compendium

1.1.2 Signal travel time


SatelliteNavigationSystemsemploysatellitesorbitinghighabovetheEarthanddistributedinsuchawaythat
fromanypointonthegroundthereisline-of-sightcontacttoatleast4satellites.
Each one of these satellites is equipped with onboard atomic clocks. Atomic clocks are the most precise time
measurementinstrumentsknown,losingamaximumofonesecondevery30,000to1,000,000years.Inorder
tomakethemevenmoreaccurate,theyareregularlyadjustedorsynchronizedfromvariouscontrolpointson
Earth.GNSSsatellitestransmittheirexactpositionandonboardclocktimetoEarth.Thesesignalsaretransmitted
at the speed of light (300,000km/s) and therefore require approx. 67.3ms to reach a position on the Earths
surfacedirectlybelowthesatellite.Thesignalsrequireafurther3.33sforeachadditionalkilometeroftravel.To
establish position, all that is required is a receiverandanaccurate clock. By comparingthearrivaltime ofthe
satellitesignalwiththeonboardclocktimethemomentthesignalwastransmitted,itispossibletodetermine
thesignaltraveltime(Figure6).
Satellite and
receiver clock
display: 67.3ms

Satellite and
receiver clock
display: 0ms

0ms

0ms
75ms

75ms

25ms

25ms
50ms

50ms

Signal

Signal transmission (start time)

Signal reception (stop time)

Figure 6: Determining the signal travel time

Aswiththeexampleofthecar,thedistanceDtothesatellitecanbedeterminedfromtheknownsignaltravel
time:
distance travel time speed of light :

D c

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

Satellitenavigationmadesimple
Page 15 of 174

GPS-Compendium

1.1.3 Determining position


Imaginethatyouarewanderingacrossavastplateauandwouldliketoknowwhereyouare.Twosatellitesare
orbitingfarabove youtransmitting their onboard clock timesand positions. By using thesignal travel time to
bothsatellitesyoucandrawtwocircleswiththeradiiD1andD2aroundthesatellites.Eachradiuscorrespondsto
thecalculateddistancetothesatellite.Allpossiblepositionsrelativetothesatellitesarelocatedonthesecircles.
Ifthepositionabovethesatellitesisexcluded,thelocationofthereceiverisattheexactpointwherethetwo
circlesintersectbeneaththesatellites(Figure7),therefore,twosatellitesaresufficienttodetermineapositionon
theX/Yplane.
Y - coordinates
Circles
D2= c
D1= c
Sat. 2
Sat. 1
YP

Position of
the receiver
(XP, YP)
0

X - coordinates

XP

Figure 7: The position of the receiver at the intersection of the two circles

In the real world, a position has to be determined in three-dimensional space rather than on a plane. As the
differencebetweenaplaneandthree-dimensionalspaceconsistsofanextradimension(heightZ),anadditional
thirdsatellitemustbeavailabletodeterminethetrueposition.Ifthedistancetothethreesatellitesisknown,all
possiblepositionsarelocatedonthesurfaceofthreesphereswhoseradiicorrespondtothedistancecalculated.
Thepositionisthepointwhereallthreeofthespheresintersect(Figure8).

Position

Figure 8: The position is determined at the point where all three spheres intersect

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

Satellitenavigationmadesimple
Page 16 of 174

GPS-Compendium

1.1.4 The effect and correction of time error


Theconclusionsintheprevioussectionareonlyvalidiftheclockatthereceiverandtheatomicclocksonboard
thesatellitesaresynchronized,i.e.,thesignaltraveltimecanbepreciselydetermined.Ifthemeasuredtraveltime
betweenthesatellitesandanearthboundnavigationalreceiverisincorrectbyjust1s,apositionerrorof300m
isproduced.AstheclocksonboardalltheGNSSsatellitesaresynchronized,thesignaltraveltimeinthecaseof
allthreemeasurementsisinaccuratebythesameamount.Mathematicscanhelpusinthissituation.
When performing mathematical calculations, we remember that if N variables are unknown, we need N
independentequationstoidentifythem.Ifthetimemeasurementisaccompaniedbyaconstantunknownerror
(t),in3-dimensionalspacewewillhavefourunknownvariables:

longitude(X)

latitude(Y)

height(Z)

timeerror(t)

Thesefourvariablesrequirefourequations,whichcanbederivedfromfourseparatesatellites.
SatelliteNavigationsystemsaredeliberatelyconstructedinsuchawaythatfromanypointonEarth,atleast4
satellitesarevisible(Figure9).Thus,despiteaninaccuracyonthepartofthereceiverclockandresultingtime
errors,apositioncanbecalculatedtowithinanaccuracyofapprox.510m.

Sat. 2

Sat. 3

Sat. 1
Sat. 4

Signal

Figure 9: Four satellites are required to determine a position in 3-D space.

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

Satellitenavigationmadesimple
Page 17 of 174

GPS-Compendium

2 Coordinate systems

If you would like to . . .


o

knowwhatageoidis

understandwhytheEarthisdepictedprimarilyasanellipsoid

understandwhyover200differentmapreferencesystemsareusedworldwide

knowwhatWGS-84means

understandhowitispossibletoconvertonedatumintoanother

knowwhatCartesianandellipsoidalcoordinatesare

understandhowmapsofcountriesaremade

knowhowcountrycoordinatesarecalculatedfromtheWGS-84coordinates

then this chapter is for you!

2.1 Introduction
A significant problem to overcome when using a GNSS system is the fact that there are a great number of
differing coordinate systems worldwide. As a result, the position measured and calculated does not always
correspondwithonessupposedposition.
InordertounderstandhowGNSSsystemsfunction,itisnecessarytoexaminesomeofthebasicsofgeodesy:
thesciencethatdealswiththesurveyingandmappingoftheEarthssurface.Withoutthisbasicknowledge,itis
difficulttounderstandtheapparentlybewilderingnecessityofcombiningtheappropriatemapreferencesystems
(datums)andgrids.Ofthesetherearemorethan100differentdatumsandapprox.10differentgridstoselect
from.Ifanincorrectcombinationismade,apositioncanbeoutbyseveralhundredmeters.

2.2 Geoid
WehaveknownthattheEarthisroundsinceColumbus.Buthowroundisitreally?Describingtheshapeofour
blueplanethasalwaysbeenachallengingscientifictask.Overthecenturiesseveraldifferentmodelshavebeen
presentedtorepresentanapproximationofthetrueshapeoftheearthasfaithfullyaspossible.
Thegeoidrepresentsthetrueshapeoftheearth;definedasthesurface,wherethemeansealeveliszero.This
shapeisdefinedbythegravityoftheearth,thusitsgeometricaldescriptionisrathercomplex.UsingtheGreek
wordforEarth,thisgeometricalshapeofthissurfaceiscalledgeoid(Figure10).
BecausethedistributionofthemassoftheEarthisunevenand,asaresult,thelevelsurfaceoftheoceansand
seasdonotlieonthesurfaceofageometricallydefinableshape,approximationslikeellipsoidshavetobeused.
Differing from the actual shape of the Earth, a geoid is a theoretical body, whose surface intersects the
gravitationalfieldlineseverywhereatrightangles.
Ageoidisoftenusedasareferencelevelformeasuringheight.Forexample,thereferencepointinSwitzerland
formeasuringheightistheReprePierreduNiton(RPN,373.600m)intheGenevaharborbasin.Thisheight
originatesfrompointtopointmeasurementswiththeportofMarseilles(meanheightabovesealevel0.00m).

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

Coordinatesystems
Page 18 of 174

GPS-Compendium

Land

Geoid

Sea

Earth

Macro image of the earth

Geoid (exaggerated form)

Figure 10: A geoid is an approximation of the Earths surface

2.3 Ellipsoid and datum


2.3.1 Ellipsoid
A geoid is a difficult shape to manipulate when conducting calculations. A simpler, more definable shape is
therefore needed when carrying out daily surveying operations. Such a substitute surface is known as an
ellipsoid.Ifthesurfaceofanellipseisrotatedaboutitssymmetricalnorth-southpoleaxis,aspheroidisobtained
asaresult(Figure11).
Anellipsoidisdefinedbytwoparameters:

Semimajoraxisa(ontheequatorialplane)

Semiminoraxisb(onthenorth-southpoleaxis)

Theamountbywhichtheshapedeviatesfromtheidealsphereisreferredtoasflattening(f).

a b

(16a)

North pole
Rotation
b
E q u a to rial p la n e

South pole

Figure 11: Producing a spheroid

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

Coordinatesystems
Page 19 of 174

GPS-Compendium

2.3.2 Customized local reference ellipsoids and datum


2.3.2.1

Local reference ellipsoids

Whendealingwithanellipsoid,caremustbetakentoensurethatthenaturalperpendiculardoesnotintersect
verticallyatapointwiththeellipsoid,butratherwiththegeoid.Normalellipsoidalandnaturalperpendicularsdo
not therefore coincide, they are distinguished by vertical deflection (Figure 13), i.e., points on the Earths
surfaceareincorrectlyprojected.Inordertokeepthisdeviationtoaminimum,eachcountryhasdevelopedits
owncustomizednon-geocentricellipsoidasareferencesurfaceforcarryingoutsurveyingoperations(Figure12).
Thesemiaxesaandbaswellasthemid-pointareselectedinsuchawaythatthegeoidandellipsoidmatch
nationalterritoriesasaccuratelyaspossible.
2.3.2.2

Datum, map reference systems

National or international map reference systems based on certain types of ellipsoids are called datums.
Depending on the map used when navigating with GNSS receivers, care should be taken to ensure that the
relevantmapreferencesystemhasbeenenteredintothereceiver.
There are over 120 map reference systems available, such as: CH-1903 for Switzerland, NAD83 for North
America,andWGS-84astheglobalstandard.

ry
unt
Co

ry
unt
Co
B

Customized
ellipsoid
for country A

Customized
ellipsoid
for country B
Geoid (exaggerated shape)

Figure 12: Customized local reference ellipsoid

An ellipsoid is well suited for describing the positional coordinates of a point in degrees of longitude and
latitude.Informationonheightiseitherbasedonthegeoidorthereferenceellipsoid.Thedifferencebetween
themeasuredorthometricheightH,i.e.basedonthegeoid,andtheellipsoidalheighth,basedonthereference
ellipsoid,isknownasgeoidundulationN(Figure13).

Earth

P
Deflection of
the Vertical

H
h

Geoid

N
Ellipsoid

Figure 13: Difference between geoid and ellipsoid

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

Coordinatesystems
Page 20 of 174

GPS-Compendium

2.3.3 National reference systems


Different reference systems are used throughout Europe, and each reference system employed for technical
applicationsduringsurveyinghasitsownname.Thenon-geocentricellipsoidsthatformthebasisoftheseare
summarizedinthefollowingtable(Table1).Ifthesameellipsoidsareused,theyaredistinguishedfromcountry
tocountryinrespectoftheirlocalreferences
Country

Name

Reference
ellipsoid

Local reference

Semi major axis Flattening


a (m)
(1: ...)

Germany

Potsdam

Bessel1841

Rauenberg

6377397.155

299.1528128

France

NTF

Clarke1880

Pantheon,Paris

6378249.145

293.465

Italy

SI1940

Hayford1928

MonteMario,Rome

6378388.0

297.0

Netherlands

RD/NAP

Bessel1841

Amersfoort

6377397.155

299.1528128

Austria

MGI

Bessel1841

Hermannskogel

6377397.155

299.1528128

Switzerland

CH1903

Bessel1841

OldObservatoryBern 6377397.155

299.1528128

International

Hayford

Hayford

Countryindependent 6378388.000

297.000

Table 1: National reference systems

2.3.4 Worldwide reference ellipsoid WGS-84


ThedetailsdisplayedandcalculationsmadebyaGNSSreceiverprimarilyinvolvetheWGS-84(WorldGeodetic
System1984)referencesystem.TheWGS-84coordinatesystemisgeocentricallypositionedwithrespecttothe
centeroftheEarth.SuchasystemiscalledECEF(EarthCentered,EarthFixed).TheWGS-84coordinatesystemis
athree-dimensional,right-handed,Cartesiancoordinatesystemwithitsoriginalcoordinatepointatthecenterof
mass(=geocentric)ofanellipsoid,whichapproximatesthetotalmassoftheEarth.
The positive X-axis of the ellipsoid (Figure 14) lies on the equatorial plane (that imaginary surface which is
encompassedbytheequator)andextendsfromthecenterofmassthroughthepointatwhichtheequatorand
theGreenwichmeridianintersect(the0meridian).TheY-axisalsoliesontheequatorialplaneandisoffset90
totheeastoftheX-axis.TheZ-axisliesperpendiculartotheXandY-axisandextendsthroughthegeographical
NorthPole.

Z
North Pole
Ellipsoid
Equatorial plane

b
z

Origin
y

Greenwich
Meridian

Equator

Figure 14: Illustration of the Cartesian coordinates

TheparametersoftheWGS-84ellipsoidaresummarizedinTable2.

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

Coordinatesystems
Page 21 of 174

GPS-Compendium

ParameterofWGS-84ReferenceEllipsoids
Semimajoraxisa(m)

Semiminoraxisb(m)

Flattening(1:....)

6,378,137.00

6,356,752.31

298,257223563

Table 2: The WGS-84 ellipsoid

Ellipsoidal coordinates (, h), rather than Cartesian coordinates (X, Y, Z) are generally used for further
processing(Figure15).correspondstolatitude,tolongitudeandhtotheellipsoidalheight,i.e.thelengthof
theverticalPlinetotheellipsoid.

Z
North Pole
Ellipsoid
Equatorial plane
h

RN

Equator

Greenwich
Meridian

Figure 15: Illustration of the ellipsoidal coordinates

2.3.5 Transformation from local to worldwide reference ellipsoid


2.3.5.1

Geodetic datum

Asarule,referencesystemsaregenerallylocalratherthangeocentricellipsoids.Therelationshipbetweenalocal
(e.g.CH-1903)andaglobal,geocentricsystem(e.g.WGS-84)isreferredtoasthegeodeticdatum.Intheevent
thattheaxesofthelocalandglobalellipsoidareparallel,orcanberegardedasbeingparallelforapplications
withinalocalarea,allthatisrequiredfordatumtransitionarethreeshiftparameters,knownasthedatumshift
constantsX,Y,Z.
Afurtherthreeanglesofrotationx,y,zandascalingfactorm(Figure16)mayhavetobeaddedsothatthe
complete transformation formula contains 7 parameters. The geodetic datum specifies the location of a local
three-dimensionalCartesiancoordinatesystemwithregardtotheglobalsystem.

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

Coordinatesystems
Page 22 of 174

GPS-Compendium

Z-CH
Z-WGS
z

Y-CH

Z
x
Y

Y-WGS

X
Streching of Factor m

X-CH
X-WGS

Figure 16: Geodetic datum

Thefollowingtable(Table3)showsexamplesofthevariousdatumparameters.Additionalvaluescanbefound
under 3 .

Country

Name

X (m)

Y (m)

Z (m)

x ()

x ()

x ()

m (ppm)

Germany

Potsdam

586

87

409

-0.52

-0.15

2.82

France

NTF

-168

-60

320

Italy

SI1940

-225

-65

Netherlands

RD/NAP

565.04

49.91

465.84

0.4094

-0.3597

1.8685

4.0772

5.2970

-2.4232

0.9542

5.66

Austria

MGI

-577.326 -577.326 -463.919 5.1366

1.4742

Switzerland

CH1903

660.077

0.5789

13.551

369.344

0.8065

Table 3: Datum parameters

2.3.5.2

Datum conversion

Converting a datum means by definition converting one three-dimensional Cartesian coordinate system (e.g.
WGS-84)intoanother(e.g.CH-1903)bymeansofthree-dimensionalshift,rotationandextension.Thegeodetic
datummustbeknown,inordertoeffecttheconversion.Comprehensiveconversionformulaecanbefoundin
specialistliterature 4 ,orconversioncanbecarriedoutdirectlyviatheInternet 5 .Onceconversionhastakenplace,
Cartesiancoordinatescanbetransformedintoellipsoidalcoordinates.

http://www.geocities.com/mapref/mapref.html

B.Hofmann-Wellenhof:GPSinderPraxis,Springer-Verlag,Wien1994,ISBN3-211-82609-2

BundesamtfrLandestopographie:http://www.swisstopo.ch

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

Coordinatesystems
Page 23 of 174

GPS-Compendium

2.3.6 Converting coordinate systems


2.3.6.1

Converting Cartesian to ellipsoidal coordinates

Cartesian and ellipsoidal coordinates can be converted from the one representation to the other. As and h
show up on the right side of the following equations, these equations have to be evaluated iteratively for an
accuratesolution.

e2

a 2 b2

a2
a

RN

1 - e 2sin 2a 2

arctan
e2
x2 y2 1 RN

RN h
y
tan 1
x

x2 y2
RN
h
cos
2.3.6.2

(17a)

(18a)

(19a)

Converting ellipsoidal to Cartesian coordinates

EllipsoidalcoordinatescanbeconvertedintoCartesiancoordinates.

x R N h cos cos

(20a)

y R N h cos sin

(21a)

(22a)

z R N 1 e 2 h sin

2.4 Planar regional coordinates, projection


UsuallytheordnancesurveydepictsthepositionofapointPonthesurfaceoftheearththroughtheellipsoid
coordinates latitude and longitude (in relation to the reference ellipsoid) and height (in relation to the
ellipsoidorgeoid).
Giventhatgeoidcalculations(e.g.thedistancebetweentwobuildings)onanellipsoidarenumericallyawkward,
generalsurveytechnicalpracticesprojecttheellipsoidontoaplane.Thisleadstoplanar,right-angledXandY
regionalcoordinates.Mostmapsfeatureagrid,whichenablesfindingapointintheopeneasily.Inthecaseof
planar regional coordinates there are mappings (projections) of ellipsoid coordinates of the survey reference
ellipsoidinacalculationplane.Theprojectionoftheellipsoidinaplaneisnotpossiblewithoutdistortions.Itis
GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

Coordinatesystems
Page 24 of 174

GPS-Compendium

possible,however,tochoosetheprojectioninsuchaswaythatthedistortionsarekepttoaminimum.Usual
projection processes are cylindrical or Mercator projection or the Gauss-Krger and UTM projection. Should
positioninformationbeusedinconjunctionwithmapmaterial,itmustberememberedwhichreferencesystem
andwhichprojectionconfigurationisgoingtobeusedformakingthemaps.

2.4.1 Gauss-Krger projection (Transversal Mercator Projection)


TheGauss-KrgerprojectionisatangentialconformaltransverseMercatorprojectionandisonlyapplicabletoa
limited area or region. An elliptical cylinder is laid around the earths rotation ellipsoid (e.g. Bessel ellipsoid),
wherebythecylindersurfacetouchestheellipsoidinthecentralmeridian(animportantmeridianfortheregion
to be illustrated, e.g. 9) along its whole longitude and in the poles. The cylinder position with regard to the
ellipsoidistransversal,e.g.rotatedby90(Figure17)).Inordertokeepthelongitudinalandsurfacedistortions
to a minimum, 3 wide zones of the rotation ellipsoid are used. The zone width is fixed around the central
meridian.Differentcentralmeridiansareuseddependingontheregion(e.g.6,9,12,15,....).

Greenwich meridian

Mapping of the Greenwich meridians


N

Cylinder

Equator

Mapping of the equator


1st step:
projection
onto cylinder

Local
spheroid
(Bessel ellipsoid)

Processing the cylinder:


map with country
co-ordinates

Figure 17: Gauss-Krger projection

Thevaluesinthenorth-southdirectionarecountedasthedistancefromtheequator.Inordertoavoidnegative
valuesinthewest-eastdirectionthevalueof+500000m(Offset)isacceptedforthecentralmeridian.Thecentral
meridiansnumberofdegreesisdividedby3andplacedinfrontofthisvalue.
Exampleofaposition:
Ellipsoidcoordinates:

Gauss-Krger(Centralmeridian:9):

N:46.86154

E9.51280

N-S:5191454 W-E:3539097

Thepositionisatadistanceof5191454mfromtheequatorand39097mfromthecentralmeridian(9).

2.4.2 UTM projection


IncontrasttotheGauss-KrgerprojectiontheUTM(UniversalTransversalMercator)systemprojectsalmostthe
entire surface of the earth on 6020 = 1200 planes. The actual projection of the rotation ellipsoid on the
transversalcylinderiscarriedoutinaccordancewiththesameprocessasintheGauss-Krgerprojection.
The UTM system is often based on the WGS84 ellipsoid. However, it only defines the projection and the
coordinatesystemandnotthereferenceellipsoidandthegeodesicdatum.
TheUTMsystemdividesthewholeworldinto6widelongitudinalzones(Figure18).Thesearenumberedfrom
1to60beginningwith180W,andendingwith180E.If,forexamplezone1stretchesfrom180Wto174

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

Coordinatesystems
Page 25 of 174

GPS-Compendium

W,thecentralmeridianofthiszone1issituatedat177W,zone2stretchesfrom174Wto168,thecentral
meridianofthiszone2issituatedat171W,etc.
Thecentralmeridiansforeachprojectionzoneare3,9,15,21,27,33,39,45,51,57,63,69,75,
81,87,93,99,105,111,117,123,129,135,141,147,153,159,165,171,177east(E)and
west(W)(longitude)(Figure19).
Inthenorth-southdirection(tothepoles)thezonesaresubdivided,withanexceptioninthe8beltoflatitude,
andareidentifiedwithlettersbeginningwithC.Onlytheareabetween80southto84northisadmitted.The
linefrom80southto72southisdesignatedasSectionC,thelinefrom72southto64southSectionD,etc.
AnexceptiontothisisbeltknownaslatitudeXbetween72northand84north.Itis12wide.

Figure 18: Principle of projecting one zone (of sixty)

Figure 19: Designation of the zones using UTM, with examples

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

Coordinatesystems
Page 26 of 174

GPS-Compendium

AsisthecasewithGauss-KrgerProjection,thenorth-southvalueismeasuredinkilometersasthedistanceof
the point from the equator. In order to avoid negative values in the southern hemisphere, the equator is
arbitrarilyassignedthevalueof10,000,000m.
The west-east values are the distance of the point from the central meridian, which (also as with the GaussKrgerProjection)isgiventhevalueof500,000m.
AnexampleofUTMcoordinatesincomparisontoWGS84wouldbe:
WGS84:

N46,86074

E9,51173

UTM:32T

5189816(N-S) 0539006(W-E)

2.4.3 Swiss projection system (Conformal Double Projection)


The Bessel ellipsoid is conformally projected onto a plane in two steps, i.e. angle preserving. Initially there is
conformalprojectionoftheellipsoidonasphere,thenthesphereisconformallyprojectedontoaplaneusingan
oblique cylindrical projection. This process is called double projection (Figure 20). A main point is fixed in the
planeontheellipsoid(oldobservatoryfromBern)intheprojectionoftheorigin(withOffset:YOst =600,000m
andXNord=200,000m)ofthecoordinatesystem.
OnSwitzerlandsmap(e.g.scale1:25000)therearetwodifferentpiecesofcoordinateinformation:

Theregionalcoordinatesprojectedintheplane(XandYinkilometers)withtheaccompanyinggridand

Thegeographicalcoordinates(Longitudeandlatitudeindegreesandseconds)relatedtotheBesselellipsoid

200'000

BERN

600'000
Local
reference ellipsoid
(Bessel ellipsoid)

1st step:
projection
onto sphere

2nd step:
projection
onto sphere

Processing the cylinder:


map with country
co-ordinates

Figure 20: The principle of double projection

Thesignaltransittimefrom4satellitesmustbeknownbythetimethepositionalcoordinatesareissued.Only
then,afterconsiderablecalculationandconversion,isthepositionissuedinSwisslandsurveycoordinates(Figure
21).

Known signal
transit time
from
4 satellites

Calculation
of WGS-84
Cartesian
co-ordinaten

Conversion
into CH-1903
Cartesian
coordinates

Projection
onto sphere

Projection
onto
oblique-angled
cylinder

Figure 21: From satellite to position

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

Coordinatesystems
Page 27 of 174

GPS-Compendium

2.4.4 Worldwide conversion of coordinates


Theinternetoffersvariouspossibilitiesforconvertingcoordinatesfromonesystemintoanother.
2.4.4.1

Example: conversion of WGS-84 coordinates to CH-1903 coordinates

(Fromreferencesystemsinpractice,UrsMarti,DieterEgger,SwissFederalOfficeofTopography)

Accuracyiswithin1meter!

1. Conversion of latitude and longitude:

ThelatitudeandlongitudeoftheWGS-84datahavetobeconvertedintosexagesimalseconds[].
Example:
1.

Thelatitude(WGS-84)of46238,87onceconvertedis165758.87.Thisintegerisdescribed
asB:B=165758.87.

2.

The longitude (WGS-84) of 8 43 49,79 once converted is 31429.79. This integer is


describedasL:L=31429.79.

2. Calculation of auxiliary integers:

B 169028.66

10000

L 26782.5

10000

Example:

3. Calculation of the abscissa (W---E): y

y [m] 600072.37 (211455.93 ) (10938.51 ) (0.36 2 ) (44.54 3 )


Example: y=700000.0m
4. Calculation of the ordinate (S---N): x

x [m] 200147.07 (308807.95 ) (3745.25 2 ) (76.63 2 ) (194.56 2 ) (119.79 3 )


Example: x=100000.0m
5. Calculation of the height H:

H [m] ( HeightWGS 84 49.55) (2.73 ) (6.94 )


Example:
HeightWGS-84=650.60mresultsfromtheconversion:H=600m

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

Coordinatesystems
Page 28 of 174

GPS-Compendium

2.5 Georeferencing of raster maps


2.5.1 Introduction
Georeferencingreferstothetransformationofarastermap(source)intoavectormap(image).Withrastermaps
thelocationofeverypointisgivenbythepixelcoordinates(X;Y)andcanbestoredinvariousdataformatssuch
as.JPG,.BMP,.GIF,or.PNG.Thesemapscanbeobtainedfromsatellitephotographsorbyscanningmapsintoa
computerfile.Withvectormapseachpointisdeterminedbythegeographiccoordinates(X,Y).Therastermap
is transformed into the vector map with its geographical coordinate system by using an appropriate
mathematicaltransformation(seeFigure22).Inthissectionthetransformationalprocessisexplained.

Figure 22: Raster map with pixel coordinates X,Y (left) and vector map with geographic coordinates X, Y (right)

2.5.2 Basics of transformation


Thetransformationofarastermapintoavectormapwithcoordinatesystemtakesplacethroughthegeometric
rulesofaffinetransformation.Thisisalsoreferredtoasalineartransformation.Theprocedureisonlysuitable
forsmallersectionsofmaps,coveringanareaofuptoafewkilometers.Inthecoordinatetransformation,the
coordinatesofthesourcecoordinatesystem(X,Y)aretransformedintoanothersystem(X,Y).

2.5.3 Determining the transformation coordinate


Algebraicrepresentation(fordefinition,seeFigure23):

X ' a X b Y c
Y ' d X e Y f

Matrixrepresentation:

Translated Transformation
Coordinates Parameters

X' a b
Y' d e

1 0 0

GPS-X-02007-D

Source

Coordinates

[I]

c X
f Y
1 1

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

Coordinatesystems
Page 29 of 174

GPS-Compendium

X'

Y'

Source

Image

Calibration Point

Transformation
(with a,b,c,d,e,f)

Figure 23: Definition of the source points

2.5.4 Determining the transformation parameters a, b, c, d, e, f


The6transformationparameters(a,b,c,d,e,f)mustbedefinedas3coordinatepairs(calibrationpoints).In
ordertocalculatethe6parameters,6equationswith6unknownvariablesmustbesolved.Thederivationofthe
formulatodeterminethetransformationparameters(a,b,c,d,e,f)occursin3steps.

1. Calibration of the image:

Three calibration points are selected that are well distributed on the map (see Figure 24). The source
coordinates(X,Y)andthetranslatedcoordinates(X,Y)aredefinedforeachofthesecalibrationpoints.
X1

X3

X1'

X2

Y1

Y1'

Y2

Y2'

Y3

Y3'

Source

X3'

X2'

Image

Calibration Point

Transformation
(with a,b,c,d,e,f)

Figure 24: The 3 calibration points must be well distributed on the map

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

Coordinatesystems
Page 30 of 174

GPS-Compendium

CalibrationCoordinates:
X1,Y1,X1,Y1
X2,Y2,X2,Y2

[I]

X3Y3X3,Y3
2. Construction of the transformation equation:

Formula[I]canberearrangedforall6ofthetransformedcoordinates

X1=aX1+bY1+c
Y1=dX1+eY1+f
X2=aX2+bY2+c

[II]

Y2=dX2+eY2+f
X3=aX3+bY3+c
Y3=dX3+eY3+f

Equation[II]isthenrepresentedinthematrixform

X 1 Y1 1
X 1'
0
Y 1'
0 0

X 2 Y 2 1
X 2'

0 0
0
Y 2'
X 3 Y3 1
X 3'

0 0
0
Y 3'

0 a
1 b
0 c

1 d
0
0 0 e

X 3 Y 3 1 f

0
0
X 1 Y1
0
0
X2 Y2

[III]

3. Determining the transformation parameters a, b, c, d, e, f:

Thesolutionvectors(a,b,c,d,e,f)aresoughtandcanbeobtainedbyrearrangingEquation[III].

a X 1 Y1 1
b 0
0 0

c X 2 Y 2 1

0 0
d 0
e X 3 Y3 1

0 0
f 0

GPS-X-02007-D

0
1
0

1
0
0 0

X 3 Y 3 1

0
0
X 1 Y1
0
0
X2 Y2

X 1'
Y 1'

X 2'

Y 2'
X 3'

Y 3'

[IV]

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

Coordinatesystems
Page 31 of 174

GPS-Compendium

2.5.5 Example (raster map to WGS84)


Thefollowingmap(Figure25)istobegeoreferenced.Forcalibrationthreereferencepointsareused.

Figure 25: Raster map with three calibration points

X(Pixel)

Y(Pixel)

X()

Y()

CalibrationPoint1

111

76

-1.974449

42.733900

CalibrationPoint2

1220

87

-1.784248

42.732135

CalibrationPoint3

623

738

-1.886730

42.650122

Determiningthetransformationparameteraccordingtoequation[IV]

a
0.0001887
b
-0.0000134

c
-1.9943709

d
-0.0000004
e
-0.0001263

f
42.7435373

http://maps.google.com/

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

Coordinatesystems
Page 32 of 174

GPS-Compendium

Determiningthecoordinatesofaposition

Figure 26: Determining position with the pixel coordinates X = 643 and Y = 370

Withtheformula:

X ' a X b Y c
Y ' d X e Y f

XandYresultinthefollowinggeographiccoordinates:
LongitudeX=-1.883248andLatitudeY=42.69659

Figure 27: Verifying the calculated geographic coordinates with Google Earth

http://maps.google.com/

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

Coordinatesystems
Page 33 of 174

GPS-Compendium

3 Foundations of satellite technology


3.1 Keplers laws
ThemotionofsatellitesinspaceisdeterminedbytheLawsofPlanetaryMotiondescribedbyJohannesKepler
(1571-1630).Keplerobservedthatthemotionofbodiesinspacefollowedthreerelativelysimplemathematical
laws.

3.1.1 Keplers first law


AccordingtoKepler,theplanetsorbitonaplane.Theorbitformsanellipsewiththesunatoneofthefoci.
Thislawalsoappliestosatellites(asorbitingbodiesinspace).Satellitesalsoorbitalongaplane(Figure28).Their
orbitaroundtheEarthformsanellipsewiththeEarthatoneofthefoci.

Perigee

b
Ellipse

a:semi-majoraxis
b:semi-minoraxis

Plane

Satellite
Apogee

Figure 28: Satellites move along a plane

The Apogee expresses the furthest point of an elliptical orbit from the center of the Earth. If one
subtracts the value of the Earths radius (approx. 6378 km) from this value, one determines the
satellitesmaximumaltitudeabovetheEarthssurface.

The Perigee is the closest point of the orbital ellipse to the Earth. Subtracting the Earths radius
determinesthesatellitesminimalaltitudeabovethesurfaceoftheEarth.

3.1.2 Keplers second law


Thesecondlawstatesthat:"Alinejoiningaplanetandthesunsweepsoutequalareasduringequalintervalsof
time. 8 "Thisisalsoknownasthelawofequalareas.
ForsatellitesthismeansthatalinejoiningasatelliteandtheEarthsweepsoutequalareasduringequalintervals
of time. Thus, if Times Tv_1 and Tv_2 are the same, then the areas A_1 and A_2 will also be the same (see
Figure29).

"Kepler'sSecondLaw"byJeffBryantwithOleksandrPavlyk,TheWolframDemonstrationsProject

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

Foundationsofsatellitetechnology
Page 34 of 174

GPS-Compendium

Tv_1
A_1

A_2
Tv_2

Satellite

ifTv_1=Tv_2,
thenA_1=A_2

Figure 29: Depiction of Kepler's second law

3.1.3 Keplers third law


This law states that the squares of the orbital periods of planets are directly proportional to the cubes of the
semi-majoraxisoftheorbits.Thismeansnotonlythatlargerobjectshavelongerorbits,butalsothatthespeed
ofaplanetinalongerorbitislowerthaninasmallerorbit:

P2
isconstantforallplanets.
a3

P=orbitalPeriod,a=semi-majoraxisoftheorbitalellipse

Fromthislawthesatelliteorbitalaltitude(h)(seeFigure30)abovetheEarthssurfacecanbederived:

m P
3,9860042 10
Re
s 2
14

Re:RadiusoftheEarth(6378.137km)
P:orbitalperiodofthesatellitearoundtheEarth

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

Foundationsofsatellitetechnology
Page 35 of 174

GPS-Compendium

Re

Figure 30: Determining the orbital altitude (h) of a satellite

3.2 Satellite orbits


Theorbitdescribesthepositionofasatelliteinspace.SatellitesusedfornavigationmovearoundtheEarthin
endless circular or elliptical orbits. The spatial orientation (e.g. orbital inclination, excentricity, length, altitude
abovetheground)andtheparametersofmotion(e.g.orbitalperiod)haveasignificantimpactontheusability
andperformanceofthesesatellites(Figure31).

EquatorialPlane
Inclination

Satellite

Figure 31: Satellite orbits

The inclination, also referred to as the angle of inclination or the axial tilt, expresses the tilt of the
circularorellipticalorbitofthesatellitearoundtheEarthrelativetotheequatorialplane.Forexample,
withaninclinationof90anorbitwouldpassdirectlyoverthepolarcaps.Allsatelliteorbitsthatdonot
liealongtheequatorialplanearereferredtoasinclinedorbits.

TheEphemerisofasatelliteisamathematicaldescriptionofitsorbit.Thehighprecisionsatelliteorbital
data is necessary for a receiver to calculate the satellites exact position in space at any given time.
Orbitaldatawithreducedexactnessisreferredtoasan Almanac(seeFigure32).Withthehelpofthe
Almanac the receiver can calculate which satellites are visible over the horizon from an approximate

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

Foundationsofsatellitetechnology
Page 36 of 174

GPS-Compendium

position and time. Each satellite transmits its own Ephemeris as well as the Almanacs of all existing
satellites.ThecurrentAlmanacDatacanalsobeviewedovertheinternet 9 .

Figure 32: Almanac

The Elevationdescribestheangleofasatelliterelativetothehorizontalplane.Ifasatelliteisdirectly
abovethepointofobservationontheground,thentheelevationis90.Ifthesatelliteisatthehorizon,
thentheelevationis0.

The Azimuthistheanglebetweenareferenceplaneandapoint.Inthecaseofsatellitesthereference
planeistheplaneofthehorizonbasedontrueNorth.TheAzimuthistheanglebetweenthesatellite
andtrueNorth(North=0,East=90,South=180,West=270).

Satellite

South

Observer

ReferencePlane

North

45

Figure 33: Azimuth

Excentricity defines the so-called Numerical Excentricity e, which is the deviation of an elliptical
satelliteorbit(excentricorbit)fromageometricallyexactcircularorbit.NumericalExcentricityisdefined
bytheequation:

a 2 b2

a2

http://www.navcen.uscg.gov/gps/almanacs.htm

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

Foundationsofsatellitetechnology
Page 37 of 174

GPS-Compendium

whereaisthesemi-majoraxisandbisthesemi-minoraxisoftheellipticalorbit(seeFigure28).For
completelycircularorbitsthevalueofe=0,andapproaches1themorethelength(i.e.thesemimajoraxis)oftheellipseisstretchedrelativetothesemi-minoraxis.

3.3 Orbital altitude


TheorbitalaltitudegivestheelevationabovetheEarthssurfaceofapointonacircularorellipticalsatelliteorbit.
Originally,commercialcommunicationssatelliteswerepreferentiallybroughtintocircularequatorial(Inclination
0)orbitswithanaltitudeofabout36,000kmabovetheground.Satellitesonthisorbitrotatearoundtheearth
in24hours(orbitalperiod:24hours),sothatthereisnorelativemovementwithrespecttotheEarth.Forthis
reason such satellites are also referred to as Geosynchronous (GEO) satellites, with an orbit referred to as
Geostationary.GEOsatellitesareusedbycommunicationssatellitesystemssuchasInmarsatandThurayaaswell
asSBASsystemssuchasWAASandEGNOS(seeSection7.5.1).
InadditiontotherelativelyhighaltitudeGEOsatellites,whichcanprovidecoveragetolargeareasoftheEarths
surface, other satellite systems (e.g. Iridium, Globalstar, GPS und GALILEO) employ satellites with much lower
orbitalaltitudes.TheseloweraltitudesatellitesmustorbittheEarthwithincreasedspeedinordertoprovidethe
necessarycentrifugalforcetocompensatefortheincreasedgravitationalpullexperiencedatloweraltitudes.In
contrast to the GEO satellites, these satellites move relative to the Earth and rotate in so-called NonGeostationarySatelliteOrbits(NGSO).
Generally,sixdifferentcategoriesoforbitsareclassified:

GeosynchronousEarthOrbit(GEO):geostationaryorbitwithanaltitudeofapproximately36,000km

MediumEarthOrbit(MEO):inclinedorbitwithmediumaltitudeofabout10,000km

LowEarthOrbit(LEO):lowaltitudeorbituptoapproximately1000km

Highly(Inclined)EllipticalEarthOrbit(HEO)

InclinedGeosynchronousOrbit(IGSO)

PolarEarthOrbit(PEO):LEOorbitoverthepolarcaps

Example 1: Determining the altitude of a GEO satellite:

Satelliteswithageostationaryorbithaveaveryexactaltitudewhichcanbecalculated.
The mean siderial 10 Earth day has a duration of 23 hours, 56 minutes, 4.099 seconds = 86164.099 s and
representsageometricallycompleterotationoftheEarthof360inasystemwithfixedstars.
FromSection3.1.3weknowtheformula:

m
h 3 3.986004210

s
14

T
Re
2

m 86164.099 s
3.986004210

6378137m
s
2

14

35786035m 35,786.035km

10

relativetothefixedpositionofthestars

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

Foundationsofsatellitetechnology
Page 38 of 174

GPS-Compendium

Example 2: Determining the orbital period of a GPS satellite.

GPSsatelliteshaveamediumlevelaltitudeof20,184.5kmabovetheEarth.ThemeanorbitalperiodTofaGPS
satelliteisdetermindedby:
T 2 2

(h Re ) 3
3,9860042 1014

m
s

2 2

(20184500m 6378137m ) 3
m
3,9860042 1014
s

43084s 11h 58min

Thisrepresentsahalfsiderialday.SincetheEarthalsorotatesinthistime,aftertwoorbitstheGPSsatellitewill
finditselfoverthesamepointontheEarthssurface.

3.4 Radio frequencies


The transmission of information for satellite-based navigation and telecommunication systems takes place
throughradiobroadcastsbetweenthedifferentsystemcomponents:

UserLink:betweensatelliteanduser(e.g.userterminal)

FeederLink:betweensatelliteandcentralstationontheEarth(e.g.groundstation,controlstation)

IntersatelliteLink:betweensatellitesinspace(directly,withoutusingagroundstation)

Transmissionisdifferentiatedbasedonitsdirection:

Upwards (Uplink, or Reverse Link): Transmission from satellite transmission station (ground station and/or
userterminal)uptosatellites;e.g.:UserUplink,thetransmissiondirectionofamobileuserterminal

Downwards(Downlink,ForwardLink):Transmissionfromsatellitesdowntosatellitetransmissionstation

Satellite transmission frequencies are assigned and regulated by the World Radio Conference (WRC) of the
International Telecommunication Union (ITU). Table 4 shows typical microwave electromagnetic transmission
frequenciesusedbysatellitecommunicationandnavigationasspecifiedinITU-RV.431-7.
Band

Frequency

L-Band

1.0GHzto2.0GHz

S-Band

2.0GHzto4.0GHz

C-Band

4.0GHzto8.0GHz

X-Band

8.0GHzto12.0GHz

Ku-Band

12.0GHzto18.0GHz

K-Band

18.0GHzto27.0GHz

Ka-Band

27.0GHzto40.0GHz

V-Band

40.0GHzto75GHz

W-Band

75GHzto110GHz

Table 4: Satellite communication and navigation frequencies

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

Foundationsofsatellitetechnology
Page 39 of 174

GPS-Compendium

3.5 Time systems


Time plays an essential role in satellite-based positioning. GPS distinguishes between five different important
TimeSystems.

3.5.1 International Atomic Time (TAI)


TheInternationalAtomicTimeScale(TempsAtomiqueInternational=TAI)wasintroducedinordertoproducea
universalabsolutetimescale,whichcouldsimultaneouslymeetthedifferentphysicalrequirementsofdiverse
applications.SuchanapplicationisGPSpositioning,forwhichthistimescaleisveryimportant.
Since1967thesecondhasbeendefinedbyanatomicphysicalconstant.ThenonradioactiveelementCaesium
(133Cs)waschosenasareference.Theresonancefrequencybetweenselectedenergylevelsofthisatomwasset
at9192631770Hz.ThesodefinedtimehasbecomepartoftheSI-System(SystmeInternational)ofmeasures.
ThestartingpointofAtomicTimewassettoJanuary1,1958at00:00h.

3.5.2 Coordinated Universal Time (UTC)


CoordinatedUniversalTime(UTC)wasintroducedinordertoprovideatimescalethatisbasedonAtomictime
andadaptedtotheactualworldtimeonEarth.UTCwasearlierreferredtoasGreenwichMeanTime(GMT)or
Zulu-Time 11 .
UTC differs from TAI in the second count, i.e. UTC = TAI - n, where n equals whole seconds, which can be
addedattheendofDecember31andJune30ofeachyear(leapseconds).Theseleapsecondsarenecessaryto
reflectthegeneralslowingtrendoftheEarthandtocorrectclocksthatkeepuniform,precisetime.

3.5.3 GPS Time


ThegeneralGPSsystemtimeisexpressedasaweeknumberandthenumberofelapsedsecondsinthatweek.
ThestartdateisSunday,January6,1980at0:00h(UTC).EveryGPSweekbeginsinthenightbetweenSaturday
and Sunday, where the continuous time scale is given through the main clock of the Master Control Station.
TimedifferencesthatoccurbetweenGPSandUTCtimearecontinuallycalculatedandincludedinthenavigation
information.GPStimeandUTCdifferfromeachotherinwholeseconds(in2009thedifferencebetweenGPS
timeandUTCwas15seconds)andafractionofasecond.TheGPScontrolstationskeepthedifferencebetween
thesecondmarksforGPStimeandUTClessthan1s.ThedifferencebetweenGPStimeandUTCistransmitted
withtheGPSnavigationmessage(seeSection4.6)insub-frame4.

3.5.4 Satellite Time


BecauseoftheconstantandirregularfrequencyerrorsoftheonboardatomicclocksoftheGPSsatellites,the
individualsatellitetimesdeviatefromtheGPSsystemtime.Thecontrolstationmonitorsthesatelliteclocks,and
anyobservedtimedifferencesarecommunicated.Thetimedeviationneedstobeconsideredwhenperforming
localGPSmeasurements.

11

http://www.bipm.org/en/scientific/tai/time_server.html

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

Foundationsofsatellitetechnology
Page 40 of 174

GPS-Compendium

3.5.5 Local Time


LocalTimereferstothetimeusedinaspecificregionorarea.TherelationshipbetweenLocalTimeandUTCis
determinedbythetimezonesandbytheregulationsforstandardanddaylightsavingtime.
Table5isanexampleofalocaltimerecordedonJuly9,2009inSwitzerland.
local

2009-07-0915:08:21

Thursday

day190

timezoneUTC+2

UTC

2009-07-0913:08:21

Thursday

day190

MJD55021.54746

GPS

2009-07-0913:08:36

week1539

392916s

cycle1week0515day4

Loran

2009-07-0913:08:45

GRI9940

472suntil

nextTOC13:16:13UTC

TAI

2009-07-0913:08:55

Thursday

day190

34leapseconds

Table 5: Time systems, January 2009

12

Fortheyear2009thefollowingtimevaluesarevalid:

TAIUTC=+34sec

GPSUTC=+15sec

TAIGPS=+19sec

12

http://www.leapsecond.com/java/gpsclock.htm

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

Foundationsofsatellitetechnology
Page 41 of 174

GPS-Compendium

4 GNSS technology: the GPS example

If you would like to . . .


o

understandwhythreedifferentGPSsegmentsareneeded

knowwhatfunctioneachindividualsegmenthas

knowhowaGPSsatelliteisbasicallyconstructed

knowwhatsortofinformationistransmittedtoEarth

understandhowasatellitesignalisgenerated

understandhowSatelliteNavigationsignaltraveltimeisdetermined

understandwhatcorrelationmeans

understandwhyaminimumperiodoftimeisrequiredfortheGPSsystemtocomeonline

knowwhatframesandsubframesare

then this chapter is for you!

4.1 Introduction
AllGNSSsystemsfunctiononthesamebasicprinciples.Inthefollowingsectionswe
willexplorethedifferentsegmentsofGNSStechnologybyspecificallylookingatthe
GPS system. GPS is the pioneer and forerunner of GNSS technology and is the only
fully functional GNSS system in operation. GPS and GNSS are often used
interchangeably,althoughGPSspecificallyreferstoNAVSTARGPS,developedbythe
United States Department of Defense and managed by the United States Air Force
50thSpaceWing.TheGPSsystemhasbeenfullyoperationalsince1993. 13

4.2 Description of the entire system


TheGPSsystemiscomprisedofthreefunctionalsegments(Figure34):

Thespacesegment(alloperatingsatellites)

Thecontrolsegment(allgroundstationsinvolvedinthemonitoringofthesystem:mastercontrolstations,
monitorstations,andgroundcontrolstations)

Theusersegment(allcivilianandmilitaryusers)

13

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Global_Positioning_System

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

GNSStechnology:theGPSexample
Page 42 of 174

GPS-Compendium

Space segment

- established ephemeris
- calculated almanacs
- satellite health
- time corrections

From satellites
L1 carrier signals
- time pulses
- ephemeris
- almanac
- satellite health
- date, time

From the ground


station

Control segment

User segment

Figure 34: The three GPS segments

As can be seen in Figure 34 there is unidirectional communication between the space segment and the user
segment.Thegroundcontrolstationshavebidirectionalcommunicationwiththesatellites.

4.3 Space segment


4.3.1 Satellite distribution and movement
ThespacesegmentoftheGPSsystemconsistsofupto32operationalsatellites(Figure35)orbitingtheEarthon
6differentorbitalplanes(fourtofivesatellitesperplane).Theyorbitataheightof20,180kmabovetheEarths
surfaceandareinclinedat55totheequator.Anyonesatellitecompletesitsorbitinaround12hours.Dueto
therotationoftheEarth,asatellitewillbeatitsinitialstartingpositionabovetheearthssurface(Figure36)after
approx.24hours(23hours56minutestobeprecise).

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

GNSStechnology:theGPSexample
Page 43 of 174

GPS-Compendium

Figure 35: GPS satellites orbit the Earth on 6 orbital planes

Satellitesignalscanbereceivedanywherewithinasatelliteseffectiverange.Figure36showstheeffectiverange
(shadedarea)ofasatellitelocateddirectlyabovetheequator/zeromeridianintersection.

90
3h

Latitude

15h

0 12h

18h

6h

0h

12h

9h

21h

90
-180

-120

-60

60

120

180

Longitude
Figure 36: 24 hour tracking of a GPS satellite with its effective range

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

GNSStechnology:theGPSexample
Page 44 of 174

GPS-Compendium

ThedistributionofthesatellitesataspecifictimecanbeseeninFigure37.Itisduetothisingeniouspatternof
distributionandtothehighorbitalaltitudesthatcommunicationwithatleast4satellitesisensuredatalltimes
anywhereintheworld.

Latitude

90

90
-180

-120

-60

60

120

180

Longitude

Figure 37: Position of the GPS satellites at 12:00 hrs UTC on 14th April 2001

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

GNSStechnology:theGPSexample
Page 45 of 174

GPS-Compendium

4.3.2 The GPS satellites


4.3.2.1

Satellite construction

Allofthesatellitesuseonboardatomicclockstomaintainsynchronizedsignals,whicharetransmittedoverthe
same frequency (1575.42 MHz). The minimum signal strength received on Earth is approx. -158dBW to
-160dBW 14 .Accordingtothespecifications,themaximumstrengthisapprox.-153dBW.

Figure 38: A GPS satellite

4.3.2.2

The communication link budget analysis

Thelinkbudgetanalysis(Table6)betweenasatelliteandauserissuitableforestablishingtherequiredlevelof
satellitetransmissionpower.Accordingtothespecifications,theminimumamountofpowerreceivedmustnot
fallbelow160dBW(-130dBm).Inordertoensurethislevelismaintained,thesatelliteL1carriertransmission
power,modulatedwiththeC/Acode,mustbe21.9W.Polarizationmismatchandantennareceptiongainarea
functionofreceiverdesign.Thesumofthesetwoparametersmayvarylargely.Dependingonthedesignvalues
between+5dBto-10dBaretypical.

Gain(+)/loss(-)

Absolutevalue

Poweratthesatellitetransmitter

13.4dBW(43.4dBm=21.9W)

Satellite antenna gain (due to concentration +13.4dB


ofthesignalat14.3)

RadiatepowerEIRP

26.8dBW(56.8dBm)

Lossduetopolarizationmismatch

-3.4dB

Signalattenuationinspace

-184.4dB

Signalattenuationintheatmosphere

-2.0dB

Gainfromthereceptionantenna

+3.0dB

Poweratreceiverinput

-160dBW(-130dBm=100.0*10-18W)

(EffectiveIntegratedRadiatePower)

Table 6: L1 carrier link budget analysis modulated with the C/A code

14

GlobalPositioningSystem,StandardPositioningSystemService,SignalSpecification,2ndEdition,1995,page18,
http://www.navcen.uscg.gov/pubs/gps/sigspec/gpssps1.pdf

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

GNSStechnology:theGPSexample
Page 46 of 174

GPS-Compendium

Accordingtothespecifications,thepowerofthereceivedGPSsignalinopenskyisatleast-160dBW(-130dBm).
The maximum of the spectral power density of the received signal is given as -190dBm/Hz (Figure 39). The
spectralpowerdensityofthethermalbackgroundnoiseisabout174dBm/Hz(atatemperatureof290K).Thus
themaximumreceivedsignalpowerisapproximately16dBbelowthethermalbackgroundnoiselevel.

-170

Thermal Noise

-180

Spectral Power Density


(dBm/Hz)

16dB
-190
Received
Signal
-200

-210

-220

-2MHz

-1MHz
0
1MHz
Deviation from median frequency

2MHz

Figure 39: Spectral Power Density of received signal and thermal noise

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

GNSStechnology:theGPSexample
Page 47 of 174

GPS-Compendium

4.3.2.3

Satellite signals

Thefollowinginformation(thenavigationmessage)istransmittedbythesatelliteatarateof50bitspersecond
[ 15 ]:

Satellitetimeandsynchronizationsignals

Preciseorbitaldata(ephemeris)

Timecorrectioninformationtodeterminetheexactsatellitetime

Approximateorbitaldataforallsatellites(almanac)

Correctionsignalstocalculatesignaltransittime

Dataontheionosphere

Informationontheoperatingstatus(health)ofthesatellite

Thetimerequiredtotransmitallthisinformationis12.5minutes.Byusingthenavigationmessage,thereceiver
isabletodeterminethetransmissiontimeofeachsatellitesignalandtheexactpositionofthesatelliteatthe
timeoftransmission.
EachGPSsatellitetransmitsauniquesignatureassignedtoit.ThissignatureconsistsofaPseudoRandomNoise
(PRN)Codeof1023zerosandones,broadcastwithadurationof1msandcontinuallyrepeated(Figure40).

1 ms/1023
1
0
1 ms

Figure 40: Pseudo Random Noise (PRN)

Thesignaturecodeservesthefollowingtwopurposesforthereceiver:

Identification:theuniquesignaturepatternidentifiesthesatellitefromwhichthesignaloriginated.

Signaltraveltimemeasurement

4.3.3 Generating the satellite signal


4.3.3.1

Simplified block diagram

Onboardeachofthesatellitesarefourhighlyaccurateatomicclocks.Theresonancefrequencyofoneofthese
clocksgeneratesthefollowingtimepulsesandfrequenciesrequiredforoperations(Figs.13and14):

The50Hzdatapulse

TheC/A(Coarse/Acquisition)code(aPRN-Codebroadcastat1.023MHz),whichmodulatesthedatausing
anexclusive-oroperation(EXOR) 16 spreadingthedataovera2MHzbandwidth.

ThefrequencyofthecivilL1carrier(1575.42MHz)

The data modulated by the C/A code modulates the L1 carrier in turn by using Binary-Phase-Shift-Keying
(BPSK) 17 .Witheverychangeinthemodulateddatathereisa180changeintheL1carrierphase.

15

NAVCEN:GPSSPSSignalSpecifications,2ndEdition,1995,http://www.navcen.uscg.gov/pubs/gps/sigspec/gpssps1.pdf
Alogicaloperationontwooperandsthatresultsinalogicalvalueoftrueifandonlyifexactlyoneoftheoperandshasavalueoftrue.

16

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

GNSStechnology:theGPSexample
Page 48 of 174

GPS-Compendium

Multiplier
Carrier frequency
generator
1575.42 MHz

Transmitted
satellite signal
(BPSK)

L1 carrier

PRN code
generator
1.023 MHz

Data generator
50 Bit/sec

1
0

C/A code

exclusive-or
Data

Data
Figure 41: Simplified satellite block diagram

Data,
50 bit/s

C/A code
(PRN-18)
1.023 MBit/s

Data
modulated
by C/A code

L1 carrier,
1575.42 MHz
BPSK
modulated
L1 carrier
Figure 42: Data structure of a GPS signal

17

Amethodofmodulatingacarrierwavesothatdataistranslatedinto0/180phaseshiftsofthecarrier.

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

GNSStechnology:theGPSexample
Page 49 of 174

GPS-Compendium

4.3.3.2

Detailed block diagram

Satellite navigation signals are generated using a process known as DSSS (Direct Sequence Spread Spectrum)
modulation 18 .Thisisaprocedureinwhichanominalorbaseband(nottobeconfusedwiththebasebandchipin
the receiver) frequency is deliberately spread out over a wider bandwidth through superimposing a higher
frequency signal. The principle of spread-spectrum modulation was first devised in the 1940s in the United
States, by screen actress Hedy Lamarr and pianist George Anthell 19 . This process allows for secure radio links
evenindifficultenvironments.
GPSsatellitesareeachequippedwithfourextremelystableatomicclocks(possessingastabilityofgreaterthan
-12
2010 ) 20 .Thenominalorbasebandfrequencyof10.23MHzisproducedfromtheresonantfrequencyofoneof
theseonboardclocks.Inturn,thecarrierfrequency,datapulsefrequencyandC/A(coarse/acquisition)codeare
all derived from this frequency (Figure 43). Since all the GPS satellites transmit on 1575.42 MHz, a process
knownasaCDMA(CodeDivisionMultipleAccess)Multiplex21 isused.
TheC/Acodeplaysanimportantroleinthemultiplexingandmodulation.Itisaconstantlyrepeatedsequenceof
1023bitsknownasapseudorandomnoise(PRN)code.Thiscodeisuniquetoeachsatelliteandservesasits
identifyingsignature.TheC/Acodeisgeneratedusingafeedbackshiftregister 22 .Thegeneratorhasafrequency
of1.023MHzandaperiodof1023chips 23 ,whichcorrespondsto1ms.TheC/AcodeisaGoldCode 24 ,which
hasadvantageouscorrelationproperties.Thishasimportantimplicationslateroninthenavigationprocessinthe
calculationofposition.
1575.42MHz

x 154
Carrier freq.
generator
1575.42MHz

L1 carrier

Antenna
BPSK
modulator

1575.42MHz

BPSK
: 10
Atomic clock

Baseband
Frequency
10.23MHz

10.23MHz

Time pulse for


C/A generator
1.023MHz

1.023MHz

C/A code
generator
1 period = 1ms
= 1023 Chips

: 204'600
50Hz

Data pulse
generator
50Hz

Data
processing
1 Bit = 20ms

1.023MHz

1.023MHz

C/A code
exclusive-or

50Hz

Data

0/1

Data

Figure 43: Detailed block diagram of a GPS satellite

18

LemmeH.:SchnellesSpread-Spectrum-ModemaufeinemChip,Elektronik1996,H.15p.38top.45
http://www.maxim-ic.com/appnotes.cfm/appnote_number/1890
20
ParkinsonB.,SpilkerJ.:GlobalPositioningSystem,Volume1,AIAA-Inc.
21
Aformofmultiplexingthatdividesuparadiochannelbyusingdifferentpseudo-randomcodesequencesforeachuser.CDMAisaformof
"spread-spectrum"signalling,sincethemodulatedcodesignalhasamuchhigherbandwidththanthedatabeingcommunicated.
22
Ashiftregisterwhoseinputbitisalinearfunctionofitspreviousstate.
23
Thetransitiontimeforindividualbitsinthepseudo-randomsequence.
24
AGoldcodeisrepresentsabinarysequencewhichisgeneratedfromtwom-sequencesofsamelengthn.AsetofGoldcodescanbe
generatedbyvariationofthephaseshiftofthesetwom-sequences.ItischaracteristicforGoldcodesthatthecrosscorrelationfunctionof
thesecodesassumesjustthreedistinctvalues.
19

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

GNSStechnology:theGPSexample
Page 50 of 174

GPS-Compendium

4.4 Control segment


TheGPScontrolsegment(OperationalControlSystemOCS)consistsofaMasterControlStationlocatedinthe
stateofColorado,fivemonitorstations(eachequippedwithatomicclocksanddistributedaroundtheglobein
thevicinityoftheequator),andthreegroundcontrolstationstransmittinginformationtothesatellites.
Themostimportanttasksofthecontrolsegmentare:

Observingthemovementofthesatellitesandcomputingorbitaldata(ephemeris)

Monitoringthesatelliteclocksandpredictingtheirbehavior

Synchronizingonboardsatellitetime

Relayingpreciseorbitaldatareceivedfromsatellites

Relayingtheapproximateorbitaldataofallsatellites(almanac)

Relayingfurtherinformation,includingsatellitehealth,clockerrorsetc.

4.4.1 Deactivation possibilities and artificial distortion of the signal (SA)


The control segment also oversees the artificial distortion of signals (SA, Selective Availability), in order to
degrade the systems positional accuracy for civil use. Until May 2000 the U.S. DoD (the GPS operators)
intentionallydegradedsystemaccuracyforpoliticalandstrategicreasons.Thisconsistedofeithermodulatingthe
timesignalsofthelocalsatelliteswitharandomerrorsignal,orfalsifyingtheephemeris.Atthebeginningof
May2000,theSAsystemwasdeactivated 25 .Withthisactiontheprecisionofpositionsuddenlyimprovedfrom
approximately100mto13m(95%value) 26 .(SeeFigure44andFigure45)

Figure 44: Improvement of position accuracy after the deactivation of SA on May 2, 2000

25

http://www.ngs.noaa.gov/FGCS/info/sans_SA/docs/statement.html
http://pnt.gov/public/sa/diagram.shtml

26

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

GNSStechnology:theGPSexample
Page 51 of 174

GPS-Compendium

Figure 45: Improvement of position accuracy as function of time

After May 2, 2000 the artificial distortion (SA) could be regionally or globally reactivated as necessary 27 . The
theory of this was to maintain the possibility of degrading or limiting the availability of GPS in specific crisis
regions,whileprovidingtheunlimitedsystemaccuracyoutsideoftheseareas.Inpracticetherewerenoknown
instancesofreactivatingtheSAsystem.
OnSeptember18,2007,theUSDoDreportedthatwiththenextgenerationofGPSsatellites(GPSIII),satellite
navigationsignalscannolongerbeartificiallydistorted 28 , 29 .Thetechnicalpossibilityforsignaldistortionwillno
longerbeincludedinthisgenerationofsatellites.ThisdecisiononthepartoftheUSGovernmenttonotadd
signaldistortioncapabilitytoGPSIIIsatellitesandtorefrainfromimplementingtheexistingSAmeasuresshould
guaranteethereliabilityoftheGPSsystemforcivilianusers.

4.5 User segment


TheradiosignalstransmittedbytheGPSsatellitestakeapprox.67millisecondstoreachareceiveronEarth.As
the signals travel at a constant speed (the speed of light c), their travel time determines the exact distance
betweenthesatellitesandtheuser.Speedoflightishoweverafunctionofthemediumwhichwillbediscussed
indetaillater.
Fourdifferentsignalsaregeneratedinthereceiver,eachhavingthesamestructureasthesignalsreceivedfrom
the4satellites.Bysynchronizingthesignalsgeneratedinthereceiverwiththosefromthesatellites,thesignal
timeshiftstofthefoursatellitesaremeasuredasatimemark(Figure46).Themeasuredtimeshiftstofall4
satellitesignalsarethenusedtodeterminetheexactsignaltraveltime.Thesetimeshiftsmultipliedbythespeed
oflightarecalledpseudoranges.

27

http://pnt.gov/public/sa/sa.shtml
http://www.defenselink.mil/releases/release.aspx?releaseid=11335
http://insidegnss.com/node/200

28
29

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

GNSStechnology:theGPSexample
Page 52 of 174

GPS-Compendium

1 ms
Satellite
signal
Synchronisation

Receiver
signal
(synchronised)
Receiver
time mark

Figure 46: Measuring signal travel time

Inordertodeterminethepositionofauser,radiocommunicationwithfourdifferentsatellitesisrequired.The
distancetothesatellitesisdeterminedbythetraveltimeofthesignals.Thereceiverthencalculatestheusers
latitude,longitude,altitudehandtimetfromthepseudorangesandknownpositionofthefoursatellites.
Expressedinmathematicalterms,thismeansthatthefourunknownvariableshandtaredeterminedfrom
thedistanceandknownpositionofthesefoursatellites,althoughafairlycomplexlevelofiterationisrequired,
whichwillbedealtwithingreaterdetailatalaterstage.
As mentioned earlier, all the GPS satellites transmit on the same frequency, but with a different C/A code.
Identificationofthesatellitesandsignalrecoverytakeplacebymeansofacorrelation.Asthereceiverisableto
recognize all C/A codes currently in use, by systematically shifting and comparing every known code with all
incomingsatellitesignals,acompletematchwilleventuallyoccur(thatistosaythecorrelationfactorCFisone),
anda correlation point will beattained (Figure 47). The correlationpoint is usedto measuretheactual signal
traveltimeandtoidentifythesatellite.

Incoming signal from PRN-18


bit 11 to 40, reference
Reference signal from PRN-18
bit 1 to 30, leading

CF = 0.00

Reference signal from PRN-18


bit 11 to 40, in phase

Correlation
point:
CF = 1.00

Reference signal from PRN-18


bit 21 to 50, trailing

CF = 0.07

Reference signal from PRN-5


Bit 11 to 40, in phase

CF = 0.33

Figure 47: Demonstration of the correction process across 30 bits

The quality of the correlation is expressed here as a CF (correlation factor). The value range of the CF lies
between minus one and plus one and is only plus one when the signals completely match (bit sequence and
phase).

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

GNSStechnology:theGPSexample
Page 53 of 174

GPS-Compendium

CF

1 N
mB uB
N i 1

mB:

numberofallmatchedbits

uB:

numberofallunmatchedbits

N:

numberofobservedbits.

AsaresultoftheDopplerEffect(satellitesandreceiversareinrelativemotiontooneanother)thetransmitted
signalscanbeshiftedbyupto5000Hzatthepointofreception.Thedeterminationofthesignaltraveltime
anddatarecoverythereforerequiresnotonlycorrelationwithallpossiblecodesatallpossiblephaseshifts,but
alsoidentificationofthecorrectphasecarrierfrequency.Furthermore,thelocalreferencefrequencymayhave
alsoanoffsetwhichaddstothefrequencyspanthatneedstobesearched.1ppmoffrequencyerrorinthelocal
oscillatorcorrespondsto1.575kHzDopplershift.Figure48assumessomearbitrarylocaloscillatoroffsetontop
of the 5000 kHz Doppler shift for illustration. Through systematic shifting and comparison of all the codes
(Figure 47) and the carrier frequency with the incoming satellite signals there comes a point that produces a
completeagreement(i.e.thecorrelationfactorisone)(Figure48).Asearchpositioninthecarrierfrequencylevel
isknownasabin.

Maximum
Level

bin
1023

Correlation
Factor

767
1

511
255

0
-6KHz

0
+6KHz

d
Co

i
Sh

ft

FrequencyShift

Figure 48: Search for the maximum correlation in the code and carrier frequency domains

The spectral power density of the received GPS signal lays at approximately 16 dB below the spectral power
densityofthethermalorbackgroundnoise(seeFigure39).Thedemodulationanddespreadingofthereceived
GPSsignalcausesasystemgainGGof:
GG

Modulationrate of C/A - Code 1023 bps

20,500 43dB
Datarateof informationsignal
50bps

After despreading, the power density of the usable signal is greater than that of the thermal or background
signalnoise(Figure49).

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

GNSStechnology:theGPSexample
Page 54 of 174

GPS-Compendium

-140
Correlated Signal
Spectral Power Density (dBm/Hz)

-150

-160

-170
Thermal Noise
-180

-190

-100Hz

-50Hz
0
50Hz
Deviation from Median Frequency

100Hz

Figure 49: Spectral power density of the correlated signal and thermal signal noise

The sensitivity of a GPS Receiver can be improved through increasing the correlation time (Dwell Time). The
longeracorrelatorremainsataspecificpointinthecode-frequencydomain,thelowerwillbetherequiredGPS
signal strength at the antenna. When the correlation time is increased by a factor of k, there will be an
improvementGRinthedifferencebetweentheSignalandtheThermalBackgroundNoiseof:
GR=log10(k)
Doubling theDwellTime increasesthe difference between the Signal and theThermal Background Noise (the
sensitivityofthereceiver)by3dB.Inpracticeitisnotaproblemtoincreasethecorrelationtimeupto20ms.If
thevalueofthetransmitteddataisknown,thenthistimecanbeincreasedevenmore.

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

GNSStechnology:theGPSexample
Page 55 of 174

GPS-Compendium

4.6 The GPS message


4.6.1 Introduction
The GPS message 30 is a continuous stream of data transmitted at 50 bits per second. Each satellite relays the
followinginformationtoEarth:

Systemtimeandclockcorrectionvalues

Itsownhighlyaccurateorbitaldata(ephemeris)

Approximateorbitaldataforallothersatellites(almanac)

Systemhealth,etc.

Thenavigationmessageisneededtocalculatethecurrentpositionofthesatellitesandtodeterminesignaltravel
times.
ThedatastreamismodulatedtotheHFcarrierwaveofeachindividualsatellite.Dataistransmittedinlogically
groupedunitsknownasframesorpages.Eachframeis1500bitslongandtakes30secondstotransmit.The
framesaredividedinto5subframes.Eachsubframeis300bitslongandtakes6secondstotransmit.Inorderto
transmit a complete almanac, 25 different frames are required. Transmission time for the entire almanac is
therefore 12.5 minutes. Unless equipped with GPS enhancement (see Chapter 7) a GPS receiver must have
collectedthecompletealmanacatleastonceinordertocalculateitsinitialposition.

4.6.2 Structure of the navigation message


Aframeis1500bitslongandtakes30secondstotransmit.The1500bitsaredividedintofivesubframeseach
of300bits(durationoftransmission6seconds).Eachsubframeisinturndividedinto10wordseachcontaining
30 bits. Each subframe begins with a telemetry word and a handover word (HOW). A complete navigation
message consists of 25 frames (pages). The structure of the navigation message is illustrated in a diagram in
Figure50.

30

GPSStandardPositioningServiceSignalSpecification,2ndEdition,June2,1995

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

GNSStechnology:theGPSexample
Page 56 of 174

GPS-Compendium

16Bits
reserved

Subpage
300 Bits
6s
Sub-frame 1

4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Word No.
Data

Sub-frame 2

Sub-frame 3

Word content
Sub-frame 4

Sub-frame 5

Partial almanac
other data

TLM
HOW

Ephemeris

TLM
HOW

Ephemeris

TLM
HOW

Satellite clock
and health data

TLM
HOW

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
TLM
HOW

Frame
(page)
1500 bits
30s

1 2 3

Handover word
17Bits
7Bits 6Bits
(HOW)
Time of Week div., pa30 bits
(TOW)
ID
rity
0.6s

6Bits
parity

TLM
HOW

Telemetry word 8Bits


(TLM)
pre30 bits
amble
0.6s

Almanac

Navigation
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
message
25 pages/frames
37500 bits
12.5 min

Figure 50: Structure of the entire navigation message

4.6.3 Information contained in the subframes


Aframeisdividedintofivesubframes,eachsubframetransmittingdifferentinformation.

Subframe1containsthetimevaluesofthetransmittingsatellite,includingtheparametersforcorrecting
signaltransitdelayandonboardclocktime,aswellasinformationonsatellitehealthandanestimateof
thepositionalaccuracyofthesatellite.Subframe1alsotransmitstheso-called10-bitweeknumber(a
rangeofvaluesfrom0to1023canberepresentedby10bits).GPStimebeganonSunday,6thJanuary
1980at00:00:00hours.Every1024weekstheweeknumberrestartsat0.Thiseventiscalledaweek
rollover.

Subframes2and3containtheephemerisdataofthetransmittingsatellite.Thisdataprovidesextremely
accurateinformationonthesatellitesorbit.

Subframe4containsthealmanacdataonsatellitenumbers25to32(N.B.eachsubframecantransmit
datafrom one satellite only), the difference betweenGPSand UTC time (leap seconds or UTC offset)
andinformationregardinganymeasurementerrorscausedbytheionosphere.

Subframe5containsthealmanacdataonsatellitenumbers1to24(N.B.eachsubframecantransmit
datafromonesatelliteonly).All25pagesaretransmittedtogetherwithinformationonthehealthof
satellitenumbers1to24.

4.6.4 TLM and HOW


Thefirstwordofeverysingleframe,theTelemetryword(TLM),containsapreamblesequence8bitsinlength
(10001011) used for synchronization purposes, followed by 16 bits reserved for authorized users. As with all
words,thefinal6bitsofthetelemetrywordareparitybits.
TheHandoverword(HOW)immediatelyfollowsthetelemetrywordineachsubframe.TheHandoverwordis17
bits in length (a range of values from 0 to 131071 can be represented using 17 bits) and contains within its
structurethestarttimeforthenextsubframe,whichistransmittedastimeoftheweek(TOW).TheTOWcount
GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

GNSStechnology:theGPSexample
Page 57 of 174

GPS-Compendium

beginswiththevalue0atthebeginningoftheGPSweek(transitionperiodfromSaturday23:59:59hoursto
Sunday 00:00:00 hours) and is increased by a value of 1 every 6 seconds. As there are 604,800 seconds ina
week, the count runs from 0 to 100,799, before returning to 0. A marker is introduced into the data stream
every6secondsandtheHOWtransmitted,inordertoallowsynchronizationwiththePcode.BitNos.20to22
areusedinthehandoverwordtoidentifythesubframejusttransmitted.

4.6.5 Subdivision of the 25 pages


Acompletenavigationmessagerequires25pagesandlasts12.5minutes.Apageoraframeisdividedintofive
subframes.Inthecaseofsubframes1to3,theinformationcontentisthesameforall25pages.Thismeansthat
areceiverhasthecompleteclockvaluesandephemerisdatafromthetransmittingsatelliteevery30seconds.
Theonlydifferenceinthecaseofsubframes4and5ishowtheinformationtransmittedisorganized.

Inthecaseofsubframe4,pages2,3,4,5,7,8,9and10relaythealmanacdataonsatellitenumbers
25to32.Ineachcase,thealmanacdataforonesatelliteonlyistransferredperpage.Page18transmits
thevaluesforcorrectionmeasurementsasaresultofionosphericscintillation,aswellasthedifference
betweenUTCandGPStime.Page25containsinformationontheconfigurationofall32satellites(i.e.
blockaffiliation)andthehealthofsatellitenumbers25to32.

Inthecaseofsubframe5,pages1to24relaythealmanacdataonsatellitenumbers1to24.Ineach
case,thealmanacdataforonesatelliteonlyistransferredperpage.Page25transfersinformationon
thehealthofsatellitenumbers1to24andtheoriginalalmanactime.

4.6.6 Comparison between ephemeris and almanac data


Usingbothephemerisandalmanacdata,thesatelliteorbitsandthereforetherelevantcoordinatesofaspecific
satellitecanbedeterminedatadefinedpointintime.Thedifferencebetweenthevaluestransmittedliesmainly
intheaccuracyofthefigures.Inthefollowingtable(Table7),acomparisonismadebetweenthetwosetsof
figures.

Information

Ephemeris

Almanac

No.ofbits

No.ofbits

Squarerootofthesemimajoraxisof 32
orbitalellipsea

16

32

16

Eccentricityoforbitalellipsee

Table 7: Comparison between ephemeris and almanac data

Theorbitofasatellitefollowsanellipse.ForanexplanationofthetermsusedinTable7,seeFigure51.

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

GNSStechnology:theGPSexample
Page 58 of 174

GPS-Compendium

Figure 51: Ephemeris terms

Semi-majoraxisoforbitalellipse:a
Semi-minoraxisoforbitalellipse:b

Eccentricityoftheorbitalellipse: e

a2 b2

a2

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

GNSStechnology:theGPSexample
Page 59 of 174

GPS-Compendium

4.7 GPS modernization


4.7.1 New modulation procedure, BOC and MBOC
4.7.1.1

BPSK(1)-modulation

Inorderforallsatellitestotransmitonthesamefrequency,theGPSsignalsarespreadout(modulated)witha
specialcode.ForcivilianStandardPositioningSystem(SPS)signalsthiscodeconsistsofaPseudoRandomNoise
Code(PRN)of1023zeroesoronesandisknownastheC/A-Code.Thecode,withaperiodof1millisecond,has
a chiprate of 1.023Mbit/s. It is continuously repeated and due to its unique structure enables the receiver to
identifyfromwhichsatellitethesignaloriginates.
Thespreading(ormodulation)ofthedatasignalisachievedwithanexclusive-or(EXOR)operation(Figure52).
The result is referred to as Binary Phase Shift Keying (BPSK(1)). The nominal or baseband frequency signal is
generatedbyoneoftheatomicclocksandallsatellitesignalsarederivedfromthis.Thenominalorbaseband
frequencyisthenspreadormodulatedbytheC/ACodeat11.023Mbit/s.

1 ms
Baseband
Frequency
1.023MHz

x1

1 ms/1023

PRN-Code
Generator
1.023 Mbit/s

C/A-Code
BPSK(1)

Data Generator
(C/A-Code)
50 Bit/sec

EXOR

1
0

Data

Navigation
Data

Figure 52: With BPSK the navigation data signal is first spread by a code

Power Spectral Density (dBm/Hz)

ThePowerSpectralDensity(PSD)ofBPSK(1)signalsisshowninFigure53.

Deviation from Median Frequency

Figure 53: Power spectral density of BPSK(1) signals (signal strength normalized at 1 W per signal)

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

GNSStechnology:theGPSexample
Page 60 of 174

GPS-Compendium

4.7.1.2

Introduction of BOC-modulation

InthefuturethebasemodulationforGPSandtheEuropeanGALILEOsystemswillbeanewmodulationprocess
calledBinaryOffsetCodeModulation(BOC).WithBOCtheBPSKsignalundergoesafurthermodulation 31 .The
modulation frequency is always a multiple of the Baseband Frequency of 1.023MHz. The properties of this
modulationarecommunicatedinaspecificway.ForexampleBOC(10,5)meansthatthemodulationfrequencyis
afactorof10timestheNominalorBasebandFrequency(101.023MHz)andthechiprateoftheC/ACodeis5
timesthebase(51,023Mbit/s)(Figure54).

x 10

Modulation
Generator
10.23 MHz

10.23MHz

0.2 ms
Baseband
Frequency
1.023MHz

x5

PRN-Code
Generator
5.115 Mbit/s

C/A-Code
BOC(10,5)

Data Generator
(C/A-Code)
50 Bit/s

EXOR

1
0

EXOR

Data

Navigation
Data

Figure 54: Block schematic of a BOC(10,5) modulator

With BOC the signal is better distributed over the bandwidth and the influence of opposing signal reflection
(multipath)onthereceptionofthenavigationsignalisreducedincomparisontoBPSK.BPSK(1)andBOC(1,1)
haveaminimalimpactoneachotherwhenusedsimultaneouslybecausetheirpowerspectrumdensitymaxima
areseparated(Figure55).

31

JournaloftheInstituteofNavigation,2002,Vol.48,No.4,pp227-246,Author:JohnW.Betz

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

GNSStechnology:theGPSexample
Page 61 of 174

Power Spectral Density (dBm/Hz)

GPS-Compendium

Deviation from Median Frequency

Figure 55: With BPSK(1) and BOC(1,1) the signal maxima are separated (signal strength normalized at 1 W per signal)

4.7.1.3

MBOC modulation (multiplexed BOC, MBOC(6,1,1/11)

OnJuly26,2007theUSAandEUagreedthatGPSandGALILEOwouldusethesamemodulationtype.Thenew
modulation,knownasMBOC(6,1,1/11),willbeusedwiththenewGPSsignalL1C(L1Civil)andfortheGALILEO
signal L1 OS (L1 Open Service, sometimes referred to as E1). MBOC modulation is an expansion of BOC
modulation,andcombinestwoBOCmodulatorsandaddstheirsignalstogetherwithdifferentweighting(Figure
56).
MBOC(6,1,1 /11)

10
1
BOC(1,1) BOC(6,1)
11
11

BOC(1,1)
Modulator
Baseband
Frequency
1.023MHz

10/11

Navigation Data

BOC(6,1)
Modulator

Signal Addition

MBOC(6,1,1/11)

1/11

Navigation Data

Figure 56: MBOC(6,1,1/11) modulators for L1C and L1 OS

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

GNSStechnology:theGPSexample
Page 62 of 174

GPS-Compendium

Power Spectral Density (dBm/Hz)

By combining two BOC signals, more performance is available at higher frequencies (Figure 57). As a result
tracking performance is improved and the receiver is less susceptible to noise, interference and multipath. In
ordertotakeadvantageofalloftheproperties,thereceiverbandwidthmustbeapproximately20MHz(BPSK(1)
approx.2MHz).

Deviation from Median Frequency

Figure 57: Power spectral density of MBOC(6,1,1/11) compared with BPSK(1) (P = 1W per signal)

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

GNSStechnology:theGPSexample
Page 63 of 174

GPS-Compendium

4.7.2 GPS modernization


SincetheactivationoftheGPSsystemin1978allthesatellitestransmitthefollowingthreesignalstotheEarth:

OntheL1-Frequency(1575.42MHz):oneciviliansignal(SPS-ServicewiththeC/A-Signal,BPSK(1))andone
militarysignal(PPS-servicewiththeP(Y)-Signal,BPSK(10))

OntheL2-Frequency(1227.60MHz):asecondP(Y)-Signalformilitaryapplications.
The U.S. DoD has planned incremental improvements to the GPS signal structure (Figure 59). For civilian
applicationstheintroductionofasecondandthirdfrequencyisveryimportant;whenmorefrequenciescanbe
used for establishing position, then the influence of the ionosphere on the signal travel time can be
compensated or even eliminated. This compensation is possible because the transmission velocity c 32 in the
ionosphereisdependentonthefrequency.Inadditiontothetwonewsignals,themodernizationofGPSwill
provide an increase in the signal strength for civilian users as well as additional capabilities for military
applications.
TheGPSoperatorshavethefollowingtimeplanforGPSmodernization 33 :
By the end of 2009, eight new satellites of the type IIR-M (Block 2, Replenishment and Military) brought into
orbit.IIR-Msatellitestransmitadditionalsignalssuchas:

Anewciviliansignalatafrequencyof1227.60MHz,theso-calledL2Csignal.

Further military signals at 1575.42 MHz and 1227.60 MHz: the M signals. These M signals employ
BOC(10,5)modulation.

Aftertheendof2009,24satellitesofthetypeGPSIIF(Block2,Follow-ON)willbebroughtintoorbit(Figure58,
left 34 ).Themostimportantcharacteristicofthesesatellitesis:

IIFsatellitestransmitanewciviliansignalatafrequencyof1176.45MHz(L5Frequency).Thissignalismore
robustthanpreviousciviliansignalsandcanbeusedinaviationduringcriticalapproaches.

Figure 58: GPS IIF satellite (left) und GPS III satellite (right)

After 2013 a new satellite generation is planned. This new series will have the designation GPS III (Block 3)
(Figure58,right 35 ).Themostimportantcharacteristicofthesesatellitesare:

Increase of the signal strength of the M signals (= M+) through the deployment of concentrated-beam
antennas.

32

Approximately300,000,000m/s
RayClore,GPSConstellationUpdate,TimeNav07NavigationSystemsStatus,Geneva2007
34
http://www.boeing.com/defense-space/space/gps/index.html
35
http://www.aero.org/publications/crosslink/summer2002/07.html
33

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

GNSStechnology:theGPSexample
Page 64 of 174

GPS-Compendium

ImprovementoftheC/AsignalstructureofthecivilianL1-Frequency.ThenewsignalwillbedesignatedL1C.

TransmissionofanIntegritySignal

SearchandRescuecapabilities

Nobuilt-intechnicalcapabilitytoproduceartificialdegradation(SelectiveAvailability,SA)

Frequency
Band

CivilSignal

L5
1176.45MHz
L2
1227.60MHz

L1
1575.42MHz

MilitarySignal

L5

P(Y)

L2M
P(Y)
L2C

L2M
P(Y)
L2C

P(Y)
C/A

L1M
P(Y)
C/A

L1M
P(Y)
C/A

until2005

2005to2008
BlockIIR-M

after2008
BlockIIF

L5
M+
P(Y)
L2C
M+
P(Y)
L1C
C/A
after2013
BlockIII

Date

Figure 59: With modernization the number of available GPS frequencies will be increased

TheGPSgroundstationswillalsoberenewed.Theentiresystemoverhaulshouldbecompleteandoperational
by2021.Thenewsignalswillthenbefullyavailabletousers.

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

GNSStechnology:theGPSexample
Page 65 of 174

GPS-Compendium

5 GLONASS, GALILEO and Beidou/Compass


Do you want to . . .
o

know,howtheRussianNavigationSystemGLONASSfunctions

understand,whyGLONASSwillbebuiltup

know,whichsystemEuropewillbeactivating

understand,whyGALILEOwillprovidedifferentservices

know,whatSARcanmeanforsailors

know,howthenewmodulationprocessBOCfunctions

know,aboutthesystemplannedbythePeoplesRepublicofChina

then this chapter is for you!

5.1 Introduction
OnDecember28,2005thefirstGALILEOsatellitewasbroughtintoorbit.By2014therewillprobablybethree
independent GNSS systems available: GPS, GLONASS and GALILEO. GPS will also be modernized in the near
futureandwillthereforebecomemorereliable(seeSection4.7).Thischaptergivesanoverviewoftheexisting
GLONASSsystem,thefutureEuropeanGALILEOsystem,andtheGNSSsystemplannedbythePeoplesRepublic
ofChina:Beidou/Compass.

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

GLONASS,GALILEOandBeidou/Compass
Page 66 of 174

GPS-Compendium

5.2 GLONASS: the Russian system


GLONASS is an abbreviation for a GNSS system currently operated by the Russian
Defense Ministry. The designation GLONASS stands for Global Navigation Satellite
System. The program was first started by the former Soviet Union, and is today
under the jurisdiction of the Commonwealth of Independent States (CIS). The first
threetest-satelliteswerelaunchedintoorbitonOctober12,1982.
ThemostimportantfactsoftheGLONASSsystemare:

24plannedsatellites(21standard+3reservesatellites).Thisnumberhasnever
been achieved. At the beginning of 2008 there were 14 satellites in operation
(Figure 60 36 ). The relatively short lifespan of the individual satellites of 3 to 4
yearshamperedthecompletionofthesystem.

Figure 60: Status of GLONASS as of July 2009

36

http://www.glonass-ianc.rsa.ru/pls/htmldb/f?p=202:20:2776707736388438778::NO

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

GLONASS,GALILEOandBeidou/Compass
Page 67 of 174

GPS-Compendium

3 orbital levels (Figure 61 37 ) with an angle of 64.8 from the equator (this is the highest angle of all the
GNSSsystemsandallowsbetterreceptioninpolarregions)

Figure 61: The three orbitals of GLONASS

Orbitalaltitudeof19,100kmandorbitalperiodof11h15.8min

EveryGLONASSsatellitetransmitstwocodes(C/AandP-Code)ontwofrequencies.Everysatellitetransmits
thesamecode,butatdifferentfrequenciesinthevicinityof1602MHz(L1Band)and1246MHz(L2Band).
Thefrequenciescanbedeterminedthroughthefollowingformula(kisthefrequencychannelofthesatellite
underconsideration):
o FrequencyinL1Band:f1=1602MHz+k(9/16)MHz
o

FrequencyinL2Band:f2=1246MHz+k(7/16)MHz

5.2.1 Completion of GLONASS


The GLONASS system requires 24 functional satellites for full deployment. The CIS intends to have its system
fullyoperational.AtregularintervalsaProton-KDM-2launchesthreeGLONASS-Msatellites(Uragansatellites)
intoorbit(Figure62 38 ).TheMserieshavealifespanof7-8yearsandtransmit2civiliansignals.

37

SergeyRevnivykh,46-thCGSICMeeting,FortWorth,TX,USA,September26,2006
http://www.nasa.gov/multimedia/imagegallery/index.html

38

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

GLONASS,GALILEOandBeidou/Compass
Page 68 of 174

GPS-Compendium

Figure 62: GLONASS-M satellite and the launch of a Proton-K-DM2 rocket

After2009theGLONASS-Kseriesofsatellitesaretobelaunched.Theseareexpectedtohavealifespanof1012 years and transmit three civilian signals. By 2009/2010 the required 24 satellites should be in orbit (Figure
63 39 ).

Figure 63: GLONASS development plan

ThemeasuredpositionaccuracyofGLONASSshouldgraduallyapproachthatofGPS(Figure64,[ 40 ]).

39

SergeyRevnivykh,MunichSatelliteNavigationSummit,21-23February,2006
SergeyV.Averin, EuropeanNavigationConferenceGNSS-2006

40

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

GLONASS,GALILEOandBeidou/Compass
Page 69 of 174

GPS-Compendium

Figure 64: By completion of development the measured positioning accuracy should equal that of GPS

WiththemodernizationanddeploymentofGLONASSthefollowingchangestothesystemcanbeexpected:

Renewalofthecontrolsegment.

Modernizationofthetime-referencingprinciple.

MorePrecisemeasurementandtransmissionofEphemerisandsatellitetimes.

Improvedstabilityofsatelliteclocks.

Thereferenceellipsoidinuse(GeodeticReferenceFramePZ-90)willbeapproximatedtoITRF.

Athirdciviliansignal(L3)willbeintroducedwiththeGLONASS-Ksatellites.

ASearchandRescueFunctionwillbeintroducedwithGLONASS-K.

ItisconsideredtoalsosendCDMAsignalsonL1later

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

GLONASS,GALILEOandBeidou/Compass
Page 70 of 174

GPS-Compendium

5.3 GALILEO
5.3.1 Overview
GALILEOistheEuropeanGNSSsystembeingdevelopedbytheEuropeanUnion(EU),
inclosecooperationwiththeEuropeanSpaceAgency(ESA).GALILEOwillconsistofa
constellationof30satelliteson3circularorbitsatanaltitudeof23,222kmabovethe
Earth 41 . These satellites are to be supported by a worldwide network of ground
stations.
ThekeyargumentsfromtheperspectiveoftheEUforintroducingGALILEOare:

ToattainindependencefromtheUSA.

Tohaveaprecisenavigationsystem.Theopenservice(OS)isexpectedtoprovide
a precision of approximately 4 to 15m. Critical security services should have a precision of 4 to 6m.
Sensitivity to multipath reception will also be reduced. This improvement will be achieved through the
applicationofBOCandMBOCmodulation.GPSwillalsointroduceBOCandMBOCwhenitismodernized.

To have a purely civilian navigation system. GALILEO is being conceived and implemented according to
civiliancriteria.ForsomeservicesGALILEOwillofferaguaranteeoffunction.

Providingmoreservices.GALILEOwillofferfivedifferentfunctions.

OfferaSearchandRescueFunction.SearchandRescue(SAR)functionsarealreadybeingofferedbyother
organizations.NewwithGALILEOisthatanalarmcanbeacknowledged.

IncreasedSecuritythroughIntegrityMessages.GALILEOwillbemorereliableinthatitincludesanintegrity
message. This will immediately inform users of errors that develop. On top of this is a guarantee of
availability.FortheOpenServicetherewillbeneithertheavailabilityguaranteenortheintegritymessages.
TheseservicesareonlyavailablethroughEGNOS 42 .

CreationofEmployment.

Attain GNSS know-how. With GALILEO, Europe wants to acquire expertise and provide the domestic
industrywithasustainablegrowthincompetence.Forexample,theatomicclocksusedbyGALILEOareto
bemanufacturedinEurope(Figure65 ).
43

Figure 65: Rubidium and Hydrogen-Maser atomic clocks

41

http://www.esa.int/esaNA/SEMJQSXEM4E_galileo_0.html
EuropeanGeostationaryNavigationOverlayService
http://www.esa.int/esaNA/SEM5IURMD6E_galileo_0.html

42
43

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

GLONASS,GALILEOandBeidou/Compass
Page 71 of 174

GPS-Compendium

Toimprovetheworldwidecoverageofsatellitesignals.GALILEOwillofferbetterreceptionthanGPStocities
located in higher latitudes. This is possible because the GALILEO satellites have orbits at an angle of 56
from the equator as well as an altitude of 23,616km. In addition, modern GNSS receivers are able to
evaluateGPSandGALILEOsignals.Thismultipliesthenumberofvisiblesatellitesfromwhichsignalscanbe
received,increasingthelevelofcoverageandtheaccuracy.

5.3.2 Projected GALILEO services


ForcertaincriticalapplicationsGALILEOwillprovideinformationaboutthesystemintegrityinordertoassurethe
accuracyofpositioning.Integrityisunderstoodtobethereliabilityofinformationanddataprovided.Userswill
quickly(within6seconds)receiveawarningwhenthesystemaccuracyfallsbelowthegivenminima.The
GALILEOoperatorsareoftheopinionthatthesewarningsareprovidedsoonenoughevenforcritical
applications(e.g.aircraftlandings).Eachserviceprovidesdifferentdemandsonfunction,accuracy,availability,
integrityandotherparameters.
5.3.2.1

Open Service, OS

OpenService(OS)isforeseenformass-marketapplications.Itprovidesfreesignalsforthedeterminationof
positionandtime.Applicationswithlowerdemandsforaccuracywillusecheapersingle-frequencyreceivers.
BecausethetransmittedfrequenciesfromGALILEOandGPS(L1)arethesameforthisapplication,navigation
receiverswillbeabletocombinethesignals.Duetotheincreaseinthenumberofsatellitesignalsreceivedthere
willbeanimprovementinthereceptionpropertieseveninsuboptimalconditions(e.g.inurbanenvironments).
OSwillnotbeprovidedwithSystemIntegrityInformationandtheGALILEOoperatorsmakenoguaranteesof
availabilityandacceptnoliability.
5.3.2.2

Commercial Service, CS

TheCommercialService(CS)isenvisagedformarketapplicationswithhigherperformancedemandsthanthe
OS.CSisdesignedtoprovideavarietyofbeneficialservicestoitscustomersonafeeforusagebasis.Typical
examplesoftheseapplicationswouldbeservicesprovidinghigh-speeddatatransmission,guaranteesof
availability,exact-timerelatedservices,aswellaslocalcorrectionsignalsformaximalpositioningaccuracy.
5.3.2.3

Safety of Life Service, SoL

TheSafetyofLifeService(SoL)isenvisagedprimarilyfortransportationapplicationsforwhichanimpairmentof
thenavigationsystemwithoutadequatewarningcouldresultinalife-threateningsituation.Theprimary
differencetoOSistheworldwidehighlevelofinformationintegrityprovidedtosuchcrucialapplicationsas
maritimenavigation,aviationandrailtraffic.Thisserviceisonlyaccessiblebyusingacertifieddouble-frequency
receiver.Toachievethenecessarysignalprotection,SoLwillbedeployedusingtheaviationcommunication
channels(L1andE5).
5.3.2.4

Public Regulated Service, PRS

GALILEO is a civilian system that will also provide stable and access-protected services for governmental
(includingmilitary)purposes.ThePublicRegulatedService(PRS)willbeavailabletosuchclientsaspoliceandfire
departmentsandborderpatrols.Accesstothisserviceisrestrictedandcontrolledbyacivilianagency.ThePRS
mustbeavailablecontinuallyandunderallconditions,especiallyduringcrisissituationswhereotherservicescan
bedisrupted.ThePRSwillbeindependentoftheotherservicesandwillbecharacterizedbyahighlevelofsignal
stability.PRSwillalsobeprotectedagainstelectronicinterferenceanddeception.
5.3.2.5

Search and Rescue, SAR

TheSARservicewillbeusedbyhumanitariansearchandrescueservices.Emergencytransmittersandsatellites
enablethelocationofindividualpersons,craftsandvehiclesinaviation,landandmaritimeemergencies.Atthe
end of the 1970s, the USA, Canada, the USSR and France developed a satellite system for the location of
activated distress beacons.The system is referred toas SARSAT (Search And Rescue Satellite-Aided Tracking).
TheRussiannameforthesystemisCOSPAS.TheCOSPAS-SARSATsystememployssixLEO(LowEarthOrbit)

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

GLONASS,GALILEOandBeidou/Compass
Page 72 of 174

GPS-Compendium

andfiveGEO(geostationary)satellites.TheGALILEO-SARserviceisplannedtoexpandandimprovetheexisting
COSPAS-SARSATsystem 44 inthefollowingways:

AlmostinstantaneousreceptionofemergencycallsfromanylocationonEarth(currentlythereare
delaysofanaverageofonehour).

Exactdeterminationofpositionofthedistressbeacons(towithinmetersinsteadofthecurrentaccuracy
of5km).

ImprovedeffectivenessoftheSpaceSegmentthroughtheavailabilityofmoresatellitestoovercome
localizedhindrancesduringsuboptimalconditions(30GALILEOsatellitesinmediumorbitswill
supplementtheexistingLEOandGEOsatellitesoftheCOSPAS-SARSATsystem).
GALILEOwillintroduceanewSARfunction;thedistresssignalreply(fromtheSARoperatortotheemergency
transmitterradio)willbegin.Thisshouldsimplifyrescuemeasuresandreducethenumberoffalsealarms.The
GALILEOSARservicewillbedefinedincooperationwithCOSPAS-SARSAT,withthecharacteristicsandfunctions
of the service being governed by the IMO (International Maritime Organization) and ICAO (International Civil
AviationOrganization).

SARSAT-COSPAS
Downlink
1544.5MHz

GALILEO

Satellite
Control
Center

Downlink
1544.1MHz

Distress
Signal
121.5MHZ
243MHZ
406MHZ

Distress
Signal
406MHZ

Rescue
Team

Emergency

Satellite
Control
Center

Uplink
5.01GHz
Distress
Reply:
E2,L1undE1

Rescue
Team
Rescue
Center

Emergency

Rescue
Center

Figure 66: Unlike SARSAT-COSPAS, GALILEO's Search and Rescue service also provides a reply to the distress signal

44

http://www.cospas-sarsat.org/Status/spaceSegmentStatus.htm

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

GLONASS,GALILEOandBeidou/Compass
Page 73 of 174

GPS-Compendium

5.3.3 Accuracy
DependingontheserviceGALILEOwillprovidedifferinglevelsofaccuracy 45 .Whendual-frequencyreceiversare
used, the accuracy can be improved by compensating for signal travel-time errors caused by ionospheric
conditions.Byutilizinglocalmeasures(e.g.DGPS)theprecisioncanbeincreasedtowithincentimeters.Table8
showstheanticipatedaccuracyof95%ofallmeasurements.
Service

ReceiverType

HorizontalPositioningAccuracy

VerticalPositioningAccuracy

OS

SingleFrequency

15m

35m

DoubleFrequency

4m

8m

CS

DoubleFrequency

<1m

<1m

PRS

SingleFrequency

6.5m

12m

SoL

DoubleFrequency

4-6m

4-6m

Table 8: Planned positioning accuracies for GALILEO

45

http://www.gsa.europa.eu/go/communications-center/publications

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

GLONASS,GALILEOandBeidou/Compass
Page 74 of 174

GPS-Compendium

5.3.4 GALILEO technology


ThespacesegmentofGALILEOwillconsistof30satellites(3ofwhichwillbeactivereservesatellites).Theywill
beplacedincircularorbitsatanaltitudeof23,616kmprovidingforworldwidecoverage.Thesatellites(each
with a weight of 680 kg and dimensions of 2.7 m x 1.2 m x 1.1 m) will be evenly distributed over 3 orbits,
havinganangleof56totheequator(Figure67)andanorbitalperiodof14hoursand5minutes.

Figure 67: Constellation of the GALILEO satellites (picture: ESA-J.Huart)

TheGALILEOsatellitesareexpectedtohaveamassof700kganddimensionsof2.7x1.2x1.1m.Theyare
designedtohaveanoperationallifespanof15years.Therequiredpowerof1500Wwillbegeneratedbylarge
area solar panels. In order to maintain current navigation data, the satellites will be in radio contact to the
groundsegmentofthesystematregularintervalsof100minutes.

Figure 68: GALILEO satellite (Picture: ESA-J.Huart)

Thegroundsegmentofthesystemwillconsistofaseriesofcontrolcenters,togetherwithaglobalnetworkof
stationsforvarioustasks.Thisincludesthemonitoringofsignalintegrityandthecoordinationoftheforeseen
extensiveSearchandRescueservices.
GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

GLONASS,GALILEOandBeidou/Compass
Page 75 of 174

GPS-Compendium

There are worldwide control centers planned for navigation and satellite control. The core of the ground
segmentwillconsistoftwoGALILEOcontrolcentersinGermanyandItaly 46 .Themaincontrolcenterwillbethe
German Aerospace (DLR) Center at Oberpfaffenhofen. From there the control of normal operation of the 30
satellites is planned for at least 20 years. A second comprehensive control center with its own specific
responsibilities for normal operation will be located at Fucino in Italy. This is also to be a backup to the main
controlcenterintheeventofanyproblemsthatshouldarisethere.Controlofthepositioningofthe30satellites
willbeevenlydividedbetweentheEuropeanSatelliteControlCenter(ESA/ESOC)inDarmstadt,Germany,and
theFrenchNationalSpaceStudiesCenter(CNES)inToulouse,France.Achainofabout30IntegrityMonitoring
Stations (IMS) distributed worldwide will control the integrity of the satellite signals. Two control centers will
evaluatetheIMSinformationandsoundanalarmintheeventofanexcessivedeviationinpositiondata.
ItisplannedthatthreeArianne5rockets,eachcarryingeightsatellites(Figure69),andthreeSoyuzrockets,each
carryingtwoGALILEOsatelliteswilltransportthesatellitesintoMiddleEarthOrbit(MEO).

Figure 69: Ariane 5 rocket delivering 8 GALILEO satellites into space (GALILEO-industries.net)

5.3.4.1

Signal frequencies

Dependingontheservices,therewillbedifferentfrequencies,modulationformats,anddatatransmissionrates
used(SeeTable9andFigure70 47 , 48 ).TheprincipalmodulationformatswillbeBPSKandBOC.Asanexception,
E5aandE5bemployaslightlymodifiedversionofBOCmodulationknownasAltBOC.

Band:Frequency
(MHz)

SignalName

FrequencyofMaxima(MHz)

Services

Modulation

E5:1191.795

E5a(l5)
E5b
E6b
E6a
L1(L1OS)
E2&E1
L6

1176.45
1207.14
1278.75
1268.52&1288.98
1574.661&1576.178
1560.075&1590.765
1544.5

OS,CS
OS,CS,SoL
CS
PRS
OS,CS,SoL
PRS
SAR-Downlink

AltBOC(15,10)
AltBOC(15,10)
BPSK(5)
BOC(10,5)
MBOC(6,1,1/11)
BOC(15,2.5)
-

E6:1278.75
L1:1575.42
E1,E2:1575.42
L6:1544.5

DataRate
(Bit/s)
50
250
1000
-
250
-
-

Table 9: Frequency plan of GALILEO and distribution of services

46

http://www.esa.int/esaCP/SEMT498A9HE_Austria_0.html
http://www.esa.int/esaNA/SEM86CSMD6E_galileo_0.html
TheMBOCModulation,G.W.Heinetal.,InsideGNSSSept./Oct.2007,Page43

47
48

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

GLONASS,GALILEOandBeidou/Compass
Page 76 of 174

GPS-Compendium

Figure 70: Frequencies with reserved bandwidths for GALILEO services

AdditionallyE5a,E5b,E6andL1transmitapilotchannel.Thepilotchannelisfreeofnavigationdataandthe
phaseisshiftedat90totheothersignals.Thisreducestheacquisitiontimeofthereceiver.BetweenL1andE6
istheSAR-Downlinkfrequency.

Power density (dBm/Hz)

Figure 71: Planned GALILEO frequencies

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

GLONASS,GALILEOandBeidou/Compass
Page 77 of 174

GPS-Compendium

5.3.4.2

Time plan

On June 26, 2004, after many years of difficult negotiations, the USA and the EU were able to sign an
agreement in Dublin. The goal of the agreement was to secure the smooth cooperation (interoperability) and
compatibilityofGALILEOanditsAmericancounterpartGPS.
On December 10, 2004, upon the recommendation of the European Commission, the European Council
confirmedthetechnicalcharacteristicsofthesystememphasizingtheservicestobeoffered.OnJuly26,2007,
the agreement concerning common civilian signals in the L1 Band was made public: The GPS L1C and the
GALILEO L1F signals are to be modulated with MBOC(6,1,1/11) According to the European Commission,
GALILEOshouldbeginoperationin2013/2014.
Theconstructionofthesystemwilltakeplaceinfourphases:

Project definition: The goal of the definition phase was to establish the fundamental parameters and
specificationsofthesystem.Thispartoftheoverallprojectwascompletedin2003.

Developmentandtestsinorbit:OnDecember28,2005,thefirstexperimentalsatelliteGIOVE-Awas
launchedintoorbitfromtheRussianCosmodromeatBaikonurinKasachstan(Figure72).GIOVEisan
acronymforGALILEOIn-OrbitValidationElementaswellasbeingtheItaliannamefortheplanetJupiter.
Thesecondexperimentalsatellite(GIOVE-B)wassuccessfullylaunchedintoorbitonApril27,2008 49 anda
third(GIOVE-A2)in2008.Withtheexperimentalsatellites,theEUwillsecurethefrequencybandsfor
GALILEOoperationanddeterminetheorbitsforthetestphasesatellites.Thesepioneersatelliteswillalso
serveinthetestingofimportanttechnology,suchasatomicclocks,inthehardconditionsofspace.GIOVEAhastwoRubidiumatomicclocks(withastabilityofapproximately10nanosecondsperday)andGIOVE-B
willhavetwopassiveHydrogen-Maseratomicclocks(withastabilityoflessthan1nanosecondperday)
onboard.

Figure 72: GIOVE-A and its launch on December 28, 2005 (picture ESA)

49

http://www.giove.esa.int/

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

GLONASS,GALILEOandBeidou/Compass
Page 78 of 174

GPS-Compendium

ShouldtheexperimentalphasewithGIOVE-AandGIOVE-B(andpossiblyGIOVE-A2)besuccessful,four
satelliteswillbelaunchedintoorbitin2009andtested .Withthisminimumconstellation,scientistscan
testifthesatellitescandeliverexactpositionandtimedatatotestlocationsontheground.
50

Implementation and start-up of complete system: If the results of the first two phases are positive, the
systemwillthenbebuiltupforfulloperation.Theremainingsatellites(fourshouldalreadybeoperational)
willbefinishedandlaunchedintoorbitby2013/2014.

Operation:Assoonasallthesatellitesareinorbitthesystemcanbeginoperation.Attheendofthebuildupphasethereshouldbe27operationsand3reservesatellitesinorbit.Thegroundstationsaswellaslocal
andregionalservicestationswillbeconstructed.

5.3.5 Most important properties of the three GNSS systems


Table10liststhemostimportantpropertiesofthethreeexisting(resp.planned)GNSSsystems.

Startofdevelopment
st
1 SatelliteLaunch
NumberSatellites
Orbitals
Inclination
Altitude
OrbitalPeriod
GeodeticData
51

TimeSystem
SignalCharacteristic
Frequencies
Encryption
Services
Responsibility
IntegritySignal

GPS
1973
Feb.22,1978
Minimum:24/Maximum:32
6
55
20,180km
11hours58min
WorldGeodeticSystem1984
(WGS84)
GPS-Time
52
CDMA
rd
2frequencies,witha3
frequencyplanned
MilitarySignal
2(civilian+military)/4
USDepartmentofDefense
Currentlynonebutplanned

GLONASS
1972
October12,1982
Currently:14
Planned:24+3passivereserves
3
64.8
19,100km
11hours15.8min
ParametryZemli1990(PZ-90)
Glonass-Time
53
FDMA
24

GALILEO
2001
December28,2005
Currently:TestSatellite
Planned:27+3activereserves
3
56
23,222km
14hours5min
GalileoTerrestrialReferenceFrame
(GTRF)
GST(GALILEOSystemTime)
52
CDMA
3

MilitarySignal
2(civilian+military)
RussianDefenseMinistry
none

CSandPRSservices
5
CivilianGovernmentsoftheEU
Planned

Table 10: Comparison of the most important properties of GPS, GLONASS and GALILEO (as of February 2008)

50

http://www.esa.int/esaNA/SEMPOSXEM4E_galileo_0.html
DeviationfromUTCisindicated
52
CodeIdentification:Codeisdifferentforeverysatellite
53
FrequenyIdentification:Frequenyisdifferentforeverysatellite
51

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

GLONASS,GALILEOandBeidou/Compass
Page 79 of 174

GPS-Compendium

5.4 The Chinese system Beidou 1 and Beidou 2/Compass


5.4.1 Current system: Beidou 1
Between 2000 and 2007, China placed 4 geostationary satellites into serviceforthe local Beidou system. The
satellites(Beidou-1AtoBeidou-1D)transmitoverChina.Positionisinteractivelydeterminedbetweenstallitesand
navigationrevceivers.Thesignalsaretransmittedandreceivedinaniterativemethod:

AsignalistransmittedfromthenavigationreceivertothefourGEOsatellites.

Allfoursatellitesreceivethesignal.

Allfoursatellitestransmittheexacttimeofsignalreceptiontoagroundstation.

The ground station calculates the longitude and latitude of the navigation receiver and determines its
elevation.

ThegroundstationtransmitsthepositiontotheGEOsatellites.

TheGEOsatellitestransmitthepositiontothenavigationreceiver.

5.4.2 Future system: Beidou 2/Compass


ThePeoplesRepublicofChinaplansaGNSSsystemcurrentlyknownasBeidou2orCompass,CNSS(Compass
Navigation Satellite System). The planned system will consist of five GEO and thirty MEO satellites 54 . The GEO
satelliteswillexpandtheentiresystemsimilartoSBAS.Beidou/Compassshouldoffertwonavigationservices:

OpenService:withpositionaccuracyof10m,velocityaccuracyof0.2m/sandtimeprecisionof50ns.

Serviceforauthorizedusers:ThisserviceshouldbemorereliablethantheOpenService.

TheMEOsatelliteswillbedistributedoversixorbits.ThefirstofthesesatelliteswaslaunchedintoorbitinApril
of2007(Figure73).Theexacttimeofcompletionofthetotalsystemremainsunclear,2013istargeted.

st

Figure 73: Launch of 1 Compass MEO satellite in April 2007 with ChangZheng 3A rocket

54

http://www.china.org.cn/english/MATERIAL/188713.htm

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

GLONASS,GALILEOandBeidou/Compass
Page 80 of 174

GPS-Compendium

6 Calculating position

If you would like to . . .


o

understandhowcoordinatesandtimearedetermined

knowwhatpseudorangeis

understandwhyaGNSSreceivermustproduceapositionestimateatthestartofacalculation

understandhowanon-linearequationissolvedusingfourunknownvariables

knowwhatdegreeofaccuracyisassertedbytheGPSsystemoperator

then this chapter is for you!

6.1 Introduction
GNSS systems combine sophisticated satellite and radio technology to provide navigation receivers with radio
signals indicating among other things the time of transmission and the identity of the transmitting satellite.
Calculating the position from these signals requires mathematical operations that will be examined in this
chapter.

6.2 Calculating a position


6.2.1 The principle of measuring signal travel time (evaluation of pseudorange)
InorderforaGNSSreceivertodetermineitsposition,itmustreceivetimesignalsfromfourseparatesatellites
(Sat1...Sat4),inordertocalculatethesignaltraveltimest1...t4(Figure74).
Sat 2
Sat 3
Sat 1
t2

Sat 4
t3
t4

t1

U se r

Figure 74: Four satellite signals must be received

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

Calculatingposition
Page 81 of 174

GPS-Compendium

Calculations are effected in a Cartesian, three-dimensional coordinate system with a geocentric origin (Figure
75).TherangeoftheuserfromeachofthefoursatellitesR1,R2,R3andR4canbedeterminedwiththehelpof
signaltraveltimest1,t2,t3andt4betweenthefoursatellitesandtheuser.AsthelocationsXSat,YSatandZSatof
thefoursatellitesareknown,theusercoordinatescanbecalculated.

Sat 3

Sat 2

t2

XSat_3, YSat_3, ZSat_3

Ra
ng
e:
R

Ra
ng
e:
R

t1

XSat_1, YSat_1, ZSat_1 Rang


e: R1

Sat 4

t3

XSat_2, YSat_2, ZSat_2

Sat 1

t4
Range: R4

User
Zuser

XSat_4, YSat_4, ZSat_4

Origin
Xuser

Yuser
X
Figure 75: Three-dimensional coordinate system

Duetotheatomicclocksonboardthesatellites,thetimeatwhichthesatellitesignalistransmittedisknownvery
precisely.AllsatelliteclocksareadjustedorsynchronizedwitheachotherandUTC(universaltimecoordinated).
In contrast, the receiver clock is not synchronized to UTC and is therefore slow or fast by t0. The sign t0 is
positivewhentheuserclockisfast.Theresultanttimeerrort0causesinaccuraciesinthemeasurementofsignal
traveltimeandthedistanceR.Asaresult,anincorrectdistanceismeasuredthatisknownaspseudodistanceor
pseudorangePSR 55 .

tmeasured t t 0

(1a)

PSR tmeasured c t t 0 c

(2a)

PSR R t 0 c

(3a)

R:

truerangeofthesatellitefromtheuser

c:

speedoflight

t:

signaltraveltimefromthesatellitetotheuser

t0:

differencebetweenthesatelliteclockandtheuserclock

PSR:

pseudorange

55

ManfredBauer:VermessungundOrtungmitSatelliten,Wichman-Verlag,Heidelberg,1997,ISBN3-87907-309-0

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

Calculatingposition
Page 82 of 174

GPS-Compendium

ThedistanceRfromthesatellitetotheusercanbecalculatedinaCartesiansystemasfollows:

XSat XUser YSat YUser ZSat ZUser


2

(4a)

c t0

(5a)

thus(4)into(3)

PSR

XSat XUser YSat YUser ZSat ZUser


2

In order to determine the four unknown variables (t0 , XUser, YUser and ZUser), four independent equations are
necessary.
Thefollowingisvalidforthefoursatellites(i=1...4):

PSRi

XSat_i XUser YSat_i YUser ZSat_i ZUser


2

c t0

(6a)

6.2.2 Linearization of the equation


Thefourequationsin6aproduceanon-linearsetofequations.Inordertosolvetheset,therootfunctionisfirst
linearizedaccordingtotheTaylormodel,thefirstpartonlybeingused(Figure76).

f'(x0)

f(X)

function

f(x)
f(x0)

x
x0

X
x

Figure 76: Conversion of the Taylor series

f'
x 0 x f ' ' x 0 2 x f ' ' ' x 0 3 x ...
2!
3!
1!

Generally(with x x x 0 ):

f x f x 0

Simplified(1stpartonly):

f x f x 0 f ' x 0 x

(7a)

Inordertolinearizethefourequations(6a),anarbitrarilyestimatedvaluex0mustthereforebeincorporatedin
thevicinityofx.ThismeansthatinsteadofcalculatingXUser,YUserandZUserdirectly,anestimatedpositionXTotal,
YTotalandZTotalisinitiallyused(Figure77).

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

Calculatingposition
Page 83 of 174

GPS-Compendium

Sat 3

Sat 2
R Total_2

X Sat_2, YSat_2 , ZSat_2

Sat 1

XSat_3 , YSat_3 , ZSat_3

R Total_3

Sat 4

R Total_1

R Total_4

X Sat_1, Y Sat_1, ZSat_1


error considerations

Z Total

estimated position
y

X Sat_4, Y Sat_4, ZSat_4

estimated position

user

Y
x z

X Total
Y Total

user
X

Figure 77: Estimating a position

Theestimatedpositionincludesanerrorproducedbytheunknownvariablesx,yandz.
XUser=XTotal+x
YUser=YTotal+y
ZUser=ZTotal+z

(8a)

ThedistanceRTotalfromthefoursatellitestotheestimatedpositioncanbecalculatedinasimilarwaytoequation
(4a):

RTotal _ i

XSat _ i XTotal YSat _ i YTotal ZSat _ i ZTotal


2

(9a)

(10a)

(11a)

Equation(9a)combinedwithequations(6a)and(7a)produces:

PSRi RTotal _ i

RTotal _ i
RTotal _ i
RTotal _ i
x
y
z c t 0
x
y
z

Aftercarryingoutpartialdifferentiation,thisgivesthefollowing:

PSRi RTotal _ i

GPS-X-02007-D

ZTotal ZSat _ i
YTotal YSat _ i
XTotal XSat _ i
x
y
z c t 0
RTotal _ i
RTotal _ i
RTotal _ i

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

Calculatingposition
Page 84 of 174

GPS-Compendium

6.2.3 Solving the equation


After transposing the four equations (11a) (for i = 1 ... 4) the four variables (x, y, z and t0) can now be
solvedaccordingtotherulesoflinearalgebra:

XTotal XSat _ 1
RTotal _ 1
PSR1 RTotal _ 1 XTotal XSat _ 2
PSR 2 RTotal _ 2
= RTotal _ 2

PSR 3 RTotal _ 3 XTotal XSat _ 3


RTotal _ 3

PSR 4 RTotal _ 4
XTotal XSat _ 4
RTotal _ 4

XTotal XSat_1
RTotal_1
XTotal XSat_2
x

y
= RTotal_2
XTotal XSat_3
z
RTotal_3

t0
XTotal XSat_4
RTotal_4

YTotal YSat _ 1
RTotal _ 1
YTotal YSat _ 2
RTotal _ 2
YTotal YSat _ 3
RTotal _ 3
YTotal YSat _ 4
RTotal _ 4

YTotal YSat_1
RTotal_1
YTotal YSat_2
RTotal_2
YTotal YSat_3
RTotal_3
YTotal YSat_4
RTotal_4

ZTotal ZSat _ 1
RTotal _ 1
ZTotal ZSat _ 2
RTotal _ 2
ZTotal ZSat _ 3
RTotal _ 3
ZTotal ZSat _ 4
RTotal _ 4

ZTotal ZSat_1
RTotal_1
ZTotal ZSat_2
RTotal_2
ZTotal ZSat_3
RTotal_3
ZTotal ZSat_4
RTotal_4

x
y

z

t0

(12a)

PSR1 RTotal_1
PSR2 RTotal_2

PSR3 RTotal_3

PSR4 RTotal_4

(13a)

Thesolutionofx,yandzisusedtorecalculatetheestimatedpositionXTotal,YTotalandZTotalinaccordancewith
equation(8a).
XTotal_New=XTotal_Old+x
YTotal_New=YTotal_Old+y
ZTotal_New=ZTotal_Old+z

(14a)

TheestimatedvaluesXTotal_New,YTotal_NewandZTotal_Newcannowbeenteredintothesetofequations(13a)usingthe
normaliterativeprocess,untilerrorcomponents x, yand zaresmallerthanthedesirederror(e.g.0.1m).
Dependingontheinitialestimation,threetofiveiterativecalculationsaregenerallyrequiredtoproduceanerror
componentoflessthan1cm.

6.2.4 Summary
Inordertodetermineaposition,theuser(ortheusersreceiversoftware)willeitherusethelastmeasurement
value, or estimate a new position and calculate error components (x, y and z) down to zero by repeated
iteration.Thisthengives:
XUser=XTotal_New
YUser=YTotal_New
ZUser=ZTotal_New

(15a)

Thecalculatedvalueoft0correspondstoreceivertimeerrorandcanbeusedtoadjustthereceiverclock.

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

Calculatingposition
Page 85 of 174

GPS-Compendium

6.3 Determination of travel time in detail


6.3.1 Time systems
Fordeterminingsignaltraveltimesfromsatellitestoreceivers,differenttimesystemsareimportant(seeSection
3.5).

UTC,CoordinatedUniversalTime(seeSection3.5.2)

GPS Time,thetimesystemforGPSsystem.GPStimevariesfromUTCbyawholenumberofseconds(for
the year 2008 the difference was 14 seconds) plus a fraction of a second less than 1s. The difference
between GPS time and UTC and the current characteristics of this difference are communicated in the
NavigationMessage(Subframe4,Page18).

Satellite Time,theonboardtimeforeachoftheindividualsatellites.Thespecificdifferencebetweenthe
satellitetimeandGPStimeandthecurrentcharacteristicsofthisdifferencearealsocommunicatedinthe
NavigationMessage(Subframe1,Page1-25).

Receiver Time, the time within the GPS receiver. This time is usually determined from an internal quartz
oscillatorandisdifferentfromGPStimeand/orUTC.ThedifferenceT0isunknownatthestartofoperation
ofaGPSreceiver,butcanbereducedafterafewmeasurements.

6.3.2 Determination of travel time in detail


Thefollowingsectiondiscussestherequiredapproachfordeterminingsignaltraveltime.Inordertomaintainan
overviewoftheapproach,thedescriptionoftheprocedureisgreatlysimplified.Traveltimeisusedtocalculate
thedistanceorrange(R)fromthesatellitetothereceiver.Figure78depictsthelineardependenceofrange(R)
totraveltime(shownarethefirsttwomicroseconds).

Range(R)
SatellitetoReceiver
R = c t

600m
300m

0
0

1s

2s

TravelTime(t)

Figure 78: Determination of range (R) based on the signal travel time t (c= speed of light)

6.3.2.1

Phase 1: Determination of signal arrival time using correlation

TheGPSreceiverreceivesthesignalsfromoneormoresatellites.Foreverysignalacorrelationtakesplace.The
correlationproceduredescribedhereisforasinglesignal,butmustbedoneforeverysatellitesignal.
Sincethenumber(x)ofthetransmittingsatelliteisnotknownbythereceiveratthetimeofsignalreception,it
generatesvariousPRN-codes(x=132).ThesecodesareshiftedwithrespecttotimeuntilaPRN-codecoincides
with the correlation maximum for time and signal form for satellite signal x (Figure 79: correlation maximum
achievedbyshiftingtimet2).

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

Calculatingposition
Page 86 of 174

GPS-Compendium

Received
satellitesignal
Generated
receiversignal,
early
Generated
receiversignal,
synchronized
Generated
receiversignal,
delayed
Correlation
maximum

Correlation
factor

0
0

t1

t2

t3

Time
displacement

Receiver
timemark

Figure 79: Correlation by searching the maxima

Thenecessarytimeshift tKoandthereceivertimemark(e.g.millisecondintervals)determinethearrivaltimeof
theobservedsatellitesignals(timegiveninReceiverTime).InFigure80themeasuredarrivaltimeamountsto
exactly2h25min35.7293.
1ms

Received
SatelliteSignal
(codedwith
PRN-Codex)
Synchronization
Receiver'sInternally
GeneratedSignal
(PRN-Codex),
synchronous
Receiver
TimeMark:
2h52min35.357"
TimeShiftRelative
toReceiver
tKo(293s)
TimeMark

Receiver
TimeMark:
2h52min35.358"

Figure 80: Determination of the satellite signal arrival time

6.3.2.2

Phase 2: reconstruction of data and/or navigation message

Thecorrelationmaximumissequentiallysearchedandmaintained,i.e.,thesatellitesignalandthePRN-sequence
generated by thereceiver are continually synchronous. The time-shiftedPRN sequence (C/A-Code) is linked to
thesatellitesignal,andthustheNavigationMessagedataisreconstructed(seeFigure81).

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

Calculatingposition
Page 87 of 174

GPS-Compendium

Receiver
Generated
C/A-Code
(PRN-x)

C/A-Code
(PRN-x)
Modulated
SatelliteData

Navigation
MessageData

Figure 81: Reconstruction of the navigation message

6.3.2.3

Phase 3: Determination of transmission time

EverysubframeoftheNavigationMessage(seealsoSection4.6)beginswithan8-bitpreamble.Thepreamblein
theTelemetryWord(TLM)isadefinedpatternwiththestructure10001011.Thisbitsequenceisrepeatedevery
6seconds.Thetransmissiontime(inSatelliteTime)ofthepreambleisincludedintheHandoverWord(HOW)of
theprevioussubframewiththe17-bitTimeofWeek(TOW)MessageintheNavigationMessage.
1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1
Preamble

Preamble

14Bits
TLMMessage

Subframe
300Bits
6s

Handover
Word
(HOW)
30Bits
0,6s

2 6Bits
reserv.

8Bits

1 2 3
TLM
HOW

Telemetry
Word
(TLM)
30Bits
0,6s

Parity

17Bits
TimeofWeek
(TOW)

7Bits 6Bits
div., Parity
ID
00

4 5 6 7 8 9 10 WordNumber
Data

WordContent

Figure 82: Telemetry Word (TLM) and Handover Word (HOW) of the navigation message

The GPS receiver now searches the Navigation Message for the 10001011 pattern. Since this pattern can
potentiallyappearinotherpartsoftheNavigationMessage,conditionsforotherparametersalsoneedtobemet
suchas:

Twological0smustappear51and52bitsaftertheendoftheassumedpreamble(thetwolastparitybitsin
theHOWaresetto0).

Theparitybeginning16bitsaftertheassumedpreamble(parityoftheTLMWord)mustbecorrect.

The two bits before the assumed preamble must be 0 (the last parity bits of every word at the end of a
subframearesetto0).

ThetimegivenintheTOWmessage(17Bit)beginning22bitsaftertheendoftheassumedpreamblemust
beapproximatelycorrect.Sincetimeinformationisrepeatedlyprovidedevery6seconds,therearenogreat
accuracyrequirementsforreceivertimemeasurement.

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

Calculatingposition
Page 88 of 174

GPS-Compendium

The preamble of the next subframe must begin exactly 300 bits following the start of the assumed
preamble.
Ifthesystemachievesaconfirmationthenallofthecontrolsnolongerneedtobeperformed.

The transmission time in the first bits of the preamble are provided in the Navigation Message in the TOW
Message of the previous frame. This time is given in Satellite Time, but thanks to the information in the
NavigationMessageitcanbetranslatedintoGPSTime.

6.3.3 Determination of travel time error


Ifthepreambleisvalidated,thearrivaltimeofthefirstbitsinthepreambleismeasured(see6.3.2.1).Thistimeis
giveninReceiverTime.SinceReceiverTimeandGPSTimearenotidentical,butratherdifferbyavalueoft0,an
incorrecttraveltimeismeasured.Figure83depictstheprocedureofdeterminingthetraveltimeerror(c.f.Figure
78).Thetwodifferenttimescalesusedare:

GPSTimeforthesignaltransmissiontime

ReceiverTimeforthesignalarrivaltime.

DepictedisalsothedifferencebetweenReceiverTimeandGPSTimet.

tmeasured=t+t0=ArrivalTimeReceiverTimeTransmissionTimeGPSTime

t:truesignaltraveltime:SatellitetoReceiver
t0:DifferencebetweenReceiverTimeandGPSTime
Range(R)
SatellitetoReceiver

t0

TimeReference
ReceiverTime

Transmission
Time

Arrival Time

Receiver
Time

Receiver
Time

GPSTime

MeasuredTravelTime

TimeReference
GPSTime

GPSTime

Figure 83: Determination of travel time error

6.3.4 Additional influences affecting travel time


Thesignaltraveltimefromasatellitetoareceiverisnotonlydependentonthedistance,butisalsoinfluenced
by a number of other physical factors. In the document Navstar GPS Space Segment/Navigation User
Interfaces 56 examplesoftheuseofcorrectionstakingmanyparametersintoaccountispresented(Figure84).

56

INTERFACESPECIFICATION,IS-GPS-200,RevisionD,IRN-200D-001,7March2006,page92

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

Calculatingposition
Page 89 of 174

GPS-Compendium

Figure 84: Example of determination of corrected travel time

6.4 Error analysis and DOP


6.4.1 Introduction
Upuntilnow,themagnitudeoferrorhasnotbeentakenintoconsiderationincalculations.InGNSStechnology,
differentcausescancontributetothetotalerror:

Satellite clocks: although, for example, every GPS satellite is provided with four highly accurate atomic
clocks,atimeerrorofonly10nsisenoughtoproduceapositioningerrorintheorderof3m.

Satellite orbits: generally speaking, the actual value of the satellite position is only known up to
approximately1...5m.

Speedoflight:thesignalsfromthesatellitestravelatthespeedoflight.Theseslowdownwhencrossing
theionosphereandtroposphereandcannot,therefore,beassumedtobeaconstant.Thisdeviationfrom
thenormalspeedoflightcreatesanerrorinthecalculatedposition.

Signaltraveltimeerrormeasurement:theGNSSreceiverisonlyabletodeterminethetimeoftheincoming
satellitesignalwithlimitedaccuracy.

Multipath:Theerrorlevelisfurtherincreasedbythereceptionofreflectedsignals.

Satellitegeometry:determinationofpositionismoredifficultifthefourreferencesatellitesbeingusedfor
measurementareclosetogether.Theeffectofsatellitegeometryonmeasurementaccuracyisreferredtoas
DOP(DilutionOf Precision)(SeeTable11).

There are various causes of measurement error. Table 1 shows the extent of horizontal position errors from
differentsource.
Byimplementingcorrectivemeasures DGPS (Differential GPS,seeSection7.6)thenumberoferrorsourcescan
beeliminatedorreduced.

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

Calculatingposition
Page 90 of 174

GPS-Compendium

Error cause

Error without DGPS

Ephemerisdata

1.5m

Satelliteclocks

1.5m

Effectoftheionosphere

3.0m

Effectofthetroposphere

0.7m

Multipathreception

1.0m

Effectofthereceiver

0.5m

Total RMS value

4.0m

Table 11: Error causes (typical ranges)

6.4.2 The influence of satellite geometry on accuracy, the DOP value


6.4.2.1

Introduction

The precision of positioning with GPS navigation depends on the one hand on the precision of the individual
pseudorangemeasurementsandontheotherhandonthegeometricconfigurationofthesatellitesused.This
configurationisexpressedintermsofascalarvalue,whichisreferredtoinnavigationliteratureasDOP(Dilution
ofPrecision).
The DOP value describes the weakeningof precision and is therefore a factor ormeasure ofthe constellation
dependent imprecision. If the DOP values are high (because for example all visible satellites are close to one
another),thentheanticipatedimprecisionwillbehigher.
ThereareavarietyofDOPtermsused:

GDOP(Geometric-DOP):Describestheinfluenceofsatellitegeometryonthepositionin3Dspaceand
timemeasurement.

PDOP(Positional-DOP):Describestheinfluenceofsatellitegeometryonthepositionin3Dspace.

HDOP (Horizontal-DOP): Describes the influence of satellite geometry on the position along upon a
plane(2D)

VDOP(Vertical-DOP):Describestheinfluenceofsatellitegeometryonheight(1D).

TDOP(Time-DOP):Describestheinfluenceofsatellitegeometryontimemeasurement.

TheinfluenceofsatellitegeometryonimprecisionisdemonstratedinFigure85.Whenbothsatellitesarewidely
separated(figureleft)thepositionerror(areainred)issmaller.Ifthesatellitesareclosetooneanother(figure
right),thentheareaoferrorismorespreadout.Thisisvalidwhentheuncertaintyfordeterminingtheposition,
knownastheRangeError(R-E:yellowandblueareas),isthesameforbothsatellites.R(R1andR2)referstothe
measureddistanceofthesatellitestotheuser(pseudorange).

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

Calculatingposition
Page 91 of 174

GPS-Compendium

Figure 85: The flatter the angle with which the circles with ranges R1 and R2 intersect, the higher the DOP value

6.4.2.2

Illustration of the causes of the DOP-value

TheprecisionofthecalculatedpositionforGPSinNavigationmodedependsontheonehandontheprecision
oftheindividualpseudorangemeasurementsandontheotherhandthegeometricconfigurationofthesatellites
used (expressed with the DOP value). The positional accuracy is reduced when the four satellites used for
measurement are close together. The precision of the measurement is proportionally dependent on the DOP
value.ThismeansthatwhentheDOPvaluedoubles,thepositionalerrorincreasesbyafactoroftwo.
Generallyspeaking,thetotalpositionerrorisacumulationofothererrorsmultipliedbytheDOPvalue:
(Position error through other influences) (DOP value)

TheDOPvaluecanbeseenasthereciprocalvalueofthevolumeofatetrahedronmadeupofthepositionofthe
satellitesandtheuser(Figure86).Asthevolumeofthetetrahedronincreases,themagnitudeoftheDOPvalue
(andthustheimprecision)decreases.

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

Calculatingposition
Page 92 of 174

GPS-Compendium

lowDOP:1.5

highDOP:5.7

Figure 86: The larger the enclosed volume, the smaller the DOP value

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

Calculatingposition
Page 93 of 174

GPS-Compendium

6.4.2.3

Practical implications of DOP values

Inopenandunobstructedareas,satellitecoverageissofavorablethatDOPvaluesseldomexceed3(seeFigure
87).

Figure 87: DOP values and the number of satellites over an open area during a 24-hour period

In mountainous areas, forests and urban areas DOP values play an important role in planning measurement
projects. This is because there are often phases when the satellites have very unfavorable geometric
constellations.Thus,itisnecessarytoplanmeasurementsaccordingtotheDOPvalues(e.g.HDOP),ortoassess
theachievableprecisiongiventhatvariousDOPvaluescanoccurinamatterofafewminutes.
With all planning and evaluation tools provided by the leading GPS device manufacturers, DOP values are
observable. Figure 88 shows an example of HDOP values in an area where no obstruction of satellite visibility
(referredtoasshadow)ispresent(max.HDOP<1.9).Figure89showsanexampleofHDOPvaluesinanarea
with strong obstruction of satellite visibility. In this location the maximum HDOP value of 20 is frequently
exceeded.Theareafrom180to270isshadowedbyahighbuildingandfrom270to180theobstructive
effectsofmountainsarevisible.

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

Calculatingposition
Page 94 of 174

GPS-Compendium

Figure 88: 24-hour HDOP values, in area with with no shadow/obstruction of satellite visibility (max. HDOP < 1.9)

Figure 89: 24-hour HDOP values, in area with with strong shadow/obstruction of satellite visibility (max. HDOP > 20)

With massive shadowing only occasional opportunities (e.g. between 11:00 and 12:30h, see Figure 89) with
optimalDOPvalues(<2)areavailablefordeterminingtheposition.TimeperiodswithDOPvaluesabove6(e.g.
between9:00and9:30h)shouldbeavoidedforprecisemeasurements.
TheDOPvaluescanbeestimatedbasedonthecurrentsatelliteconstellation(Figure90andFigure91).

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

Calculatingposition
Page 95 of 174

GPS-Compendium

Figure 90: DOP values with unfavorable satellite constellation

Figure 91: DOP values with favorable satellite constellation

6.4.2.4

Total error

Measurement accuracy is proportionally dependent on the DOP value. This means that when the DOP value
doubles,thepositioningerrorisalsotwiceaslarge.
Generallyapplicable:Error(1TotalRMSValueDOPValue

Error(2TotalRMSValueDOPValue

In Table 12 the One-Sigma value (1= 68%) andthe Two-Sigmavalue (2= 95%) are given. The values are
valid for a medium satellite constellation of HDOP = 1.3. The implementation of suitable correction methods
(such as using several linked receivers (Differential GPS, DGPS (see Chapter 7)) can eliminate or reduce the
numberoferrorsources(typicallyto1...2m,One-Sigmavalue).

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

Calculatingposition
Page 96 of 174

GPS-Compendium

Type of error

Error

TotalRMSvalue(filtered,i.e.slightlyaveraged)

4.0m

Horizontalerror(1Sigma(68%)HDOP=1.3)

6.0m

Horizontalerror(2Sigma(95%)HDOP=1.3)

12m

Table 12: Total error in HDOP = 1.3

Usually the accuracy is better than shown. Long-term measurements available from the US-Federal Aviation
Administrationhaveshownthatin95%ofallmeasurementsthehorizontalerrorwaslessthan7.4mandthe
verticalerrorwaslessthan9.0m.Thetimeperiodforthemeasurementwasalways24hours.
TheU.S.DoDmaintainsthattheirsystemwillprovidestandardcivilianapplicationswithahorizontalaccuracyof
13m, a vertical accuracy of 22 m and a time accuracy of ~40ns. By employing additional measures such as
DGPS,longermeasuringtime,andspecialmeasuringtechniques(phasemeasurement),positionalaccuracycan
beincreasedtowithinacentimeter.
6.4.2.5

Calculating the DOP value

TheindividualDOPvaluesaredetermined,baseduponthepositionsofthesatellitesandtheGPSuser.

InFigure92Ri(I=14)isthedistancefromasatellitetotheuser.

Ri

XSat_i XUser YSat_i YUser ZSat_i ZUser


2

XSat_2
YSat_2
ZSat_2

Sat 3
XSat_3
YSat_3
ZSat_3

Z
R

Sat 1

Sat 4

XSat_1
YSat_1
ZSat_1

Sat 2

R1

XSat_4
YSat_4
ZSat_4

R4

User
ZUser
Source

XUser

YUser
X

Figure 92: Description of satellite and user position with cartesian coordinates

WiththedetailsinFigure92theso-calledpositionmatrixcanbeproduced.

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

Calculatingposition
Page 97 of 174

GPS-Compendium

X User X Sat _ 1

R1

X User X Sat _ 2

R2
P

X X
Sat _ 3
User
R3

X User X Sat _ 4

R4

YUser YSat _ 1
R1

ZUser Z Sat _ 1
R1

YUser YSat _ 2

ZUser Z Sat _ 2

R2

R2

YUser YSat _ 3

ZUser Z Sat _ 3

R3

R3

YUser YSat _ 4

ZUser Z Sat _ 4

R4

R4

Throughthetranspostion([]T),multiplication()andinversion([]-1)ofthepositionmatrix,theDOPmatrixDcan
becalculated(throughtranspositiontherowvectorsbecomecolumnvectors 57 , 58 ):

D P T P

According to the rules of matrix calculation, the 16 elements of the DOP matrix receive the following
designations:

D11
D
D 21
D31

D41

D12
D22

D13
D23

D32

D33

D42

D43

D14
D24

D34

D44

TheindividualDOPvaluesarethendefinedfromthematrixelementsofmatrixD:

57

http://www.scilab.org/contrib/index_contrib.php?page=download&category=MANUALS
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Transpose

58

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

Calculatingposition
Page 98 of 174

GPS-Compendium

GDOP

D11 D22 D33 D44

PDOP

D11 D22 D33

HDOP

D11 D22

VDOP

D33

TDOP

D44

SomeDOPvaluescanbedirectlydeterminedfromothers,e.g.:

GDOP

PDOP 2 TDOP 2

Ifmorethanfoursatellitesarevisible,theGPSreceivercalculatesthepositionfromthefoursatelliteswiththe
bestDOPvalues.

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

Calculatingposition
Page 99 of 174

GPS-Compendium

7 Improved GPS: DGPS, SBAS, A-GPS and HSGPS

If you would like to . . .


o

knowwhichkindsoferrorsinfluencetheaccuracyofdeterminingposition

knowwhatDGPSmeans

knowhowcorrectionvaluesaredeterminedandrelayed

understandhowtheD-signalcorrectserroneouspositionalmeasurements

knowwhatDGPSservicesareavailableinCentralEurope

knowwhatEGNOSandWAASmean

knowhowA-GPSfunctions

then this chapter is for you!

7.1 Introduction
Althoughoriginallyintendedformilitarypurposes,theGPSsystemisusedtodayprimarilyforcivilapplications,
such as surveying, navigation, positioning, measuring velocity, determining time, monitoring etc, etc, etc.GPS
wasnotinitiallyconceivedforapplicationsdemandinghighprecision,securitymeasures,orforuseindoors.

Toincreasetheaccuracyofpositioning,Differential-GPS(D-GPS)wasintroduced.

Toimprovetheaccuracyofpositioningandtheintegrity(reliability,importantforsecurityapplications)SBAS
(SatelliteBasedAugmentationSystem)suchasEGNOSandWAASwasimplemented.

Toimprovethesensitivityinclosedrooms,orrespectivelytoreducetheacquisitiontime,Assisted-GPS(AGPS)serviceswereoffered.

ThereceptionpropertiesofGPSreceiversarecontinuallybeingimprovedandincreasethesensitivityofthe
receiverswithHighSensitivity-GPS(HSGPS).

7.2 Sources of GPS error


The positioning accuracy of approx. 12m (for 95% of all measurements at HDOP of 1.5) discussed in the
previous chapter is not sufficient for all applications. In order to achieve an accuracy of one meter or better,
additional measures are necessary. Different sources can contribute to the total error in GPS measurements.
ThesecausesandthetotalerrorarelistedinTable11.Thesevaluesshouldbeviewedastypicalaveragesandcan
varyfromreceivertoreceiver.
Theerrorcausesarestudiedinmoredetailbelow:

Ephemeris data:thesatellitepositionatthetimeofthesignalemissionis,asageneralrule,onlyknownto
beaccurateuptoapprox.1...5m.

Satellite clocks:althougheachsatelliteincludesfouratomicclocks,thetimebasecontainsoffsets.Atime
errorof10nsisreachedatanoscillatorstabilityofapprox.10-13perday.Atimeerrorof10nsimmediately
resultsinadistanceerrorofabout3m.

Effect of the ionosphere:theionosphereisanatmosphericlayersituatedbetween60to1000kmabove


theEarthssurface.Thegasmoleculesintheionosphereareheavilyionized.Theionizationismainlycaused
bysolarradiation(onlyduringtheday!).Signalsfromthesatellitestravelthroughavacuumatthespeedof
light.Intheionospherethevelocityofthesesignalsslowsdownandthereforecannolongerbeviewedas

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

ImprovedGPS:DGPS,SBAS,A-GPSandHSGPS
Page 100 of 174

GPS-Compendium

constant.Thelevelofionizationvariesdependingontimeandlocation,andisstrongestduringthedayand
attheequator.Iftheionizationstrengthisknown,thiseffectcan,toacertainextent,becompensatedwith
geophysical correction models. Furthermore, given that the change in the signal velocity is frequency
dependent,thiscanadditionallybecorrectedbytheuseofdual-frequencyGPSreceivers.

Effect of the troposphere: thetroposphereistheatmosphericlayerlocatedbetween0...15kmabovethe


Earthssurface.Thecauseoftheerrorhereisthevaryingdensityofthegasmoleculesandtheairhumidity.
Thedensitydecreasesastheheightincreases.Theincreaseindensityorhumidityretardsthespeedofthe
satellite signals. In order to correct this effect, a simple model is used which is based on the standard
atmosphere(P)andtemperature(T):
o

H=height[m]

T=288.15K6.510-3h[K]

P=1013.25mbar(T/288.15K)5,256[mbar]

Multipath: GPS signals can be reflected from buildings, trees, mountains etc. and make a detour before
arrivingatthereceiver.Thesignalisdistortedduetointerference.Theeffectofmultipathcanbepartially
compensated by the selection of the measuring location (free of reflections), a good antenna and the
measuringtime(Figure93).

effective
reflection

ineffective
reflection

Figure 93: Effect of the time of measuring on the reflections

Effect of the receiver:furthererrorsareproducedduetoGPSreceivermeasurementnoiseandtimedelays


inthereceiver.Advancedtechnologiescanbeusedtoreducethiseffect.

Effect of the satellite constellation, including shadowing (DOP):thiseffectwasdiscussedindetailin


Section6.4.2.

7.3 Possibilities for reducing the measurement error


Reducing the effect of measurement errors can considerably increase the positioning accuracy. Different
approachesareusedforreducingthemeasurementerrorandareoftencombined.Theprocessmostfrequently
usedis:

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

ImprovedGPS:DGPS,SBAS,A-GPSandHSGPS
Page 101 of 174

GPS-Compendium

Compensation of ionospheric influences through dual-frequency measurement: Theionospherehas


thegreatestinfluenceonmeasurementerrors(seeSection7.2).Ifaradiosignalistransmittedthroughthe
ionosphere,itissloweddownmoreheavilyatlowerfrequencies.Byusingtwodifferentsignalfrequencies,
e.g.L1/L2,theeffectoftheionospherecanlargelybecompensatedfor.SinceGALILEOandGPS(following
modernization)willtransmitthecivilsignalonatleasttwofrequencies,theprincipleofcompensationwillbe
morecloselyadheredto.

Signal transmission times increase depending on the strength of ionization. The ionospheric effect on
transmissiontimeincreaseswithlowerfrequencies.Theinfluenceonthetransmissiontimeoccursasasquareof
thefrequency.
If the signal is slower, then a longer distance between the satellite and the receiver is assumed. The
measurement error of this pseudorange (PSR) and its dependence on frequency and ionization strength is
presentedinFigure94.

PSRMeasurementError
(m)
103

Strong Ionization

Weak Ionization

10-3
0.1

SignalFrequency
(GHz)
1

10

Figure 94: PSR Measurement error and its dependence on Ionization and Frequency

Since every satellite signal is transmitted through a different area of ionization, the PSR measurement error is
different for every satellite. It is therefore important to compensate for these errors. If a satellite transmits
navigation information on two frequencies (f1 and f2) it is possible to determine the PSR measurement error
( PSR1 )forfrequencyf1byusingthefollowingformula 59 :

f 2 2 PSR PSR
PSR1
1
2
2
2
f 2 f1

PSR1 and PSR2 are the measured pseudoranges for frequencies f1 and f2. The calculated measurement error
( PSRi )canbeusedforthecorrectionofthePSRivalueinequation13a(Section6.2.3).

59

ElliotD.Kaplan,UnderstandingGPS,SecondEdition,ArtechHouse,Page313

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

ImprovedGPS:DGPS,SBAS,A-GPSandHSGPS
Page 102 of 174

GPS-Compendium

XTotal XSat_1
RTotal_1
XTotal XSat_2
x

y
= RTotal_2
XTotal XSat_3
z
RTotal_3

t0
XTotal XSat_4
RTotal_4

YTotal YSat_1
RTotal_1
YTotal YSat_2
RTotal_2
YTotal YSat_3
RTotal_3
YTotal YSat_4
RTotal_4

ZTotal ZSat_1
c
RTotal_1
ZTotal ZSat_2
c
RTotal_2

ZTotal ZSat_3
c
RTotal_3

ZTotal ZSat_4
c

RTotal_4

PSR1 PSR1 RTotal_1


PSR2 PSR RTotal_2
2

PSR3 PSR3 RTotal_3

PSR4 PSR4 RTotal_4

Geophysical correction models. This is used primarily for the compensation of the effect of the
ionosphereandtroposphere.Correctionfactorsareonlyusefulifappliedtoaspecifiedandlimitedarea.

Differential GPS (DGPS):bycomparingwithoneorseveralbasestations,variouserrorscanbecorrected.


The evaluation of the correction data available from these stations can take place either during post
processing or in Real Time (RT). Real-time solutions (RT DGPS) require data communication between the
basestationandthemobilereceiver.DGPSemploysavarietyofdifferentprocesses:
o

RTDGPS,normallybasedontheRTCMSC104standard

DGPS derived from signal travel time delay measurement (Pseudorange corrections,
achievableaccuracyapprox.1m)

DGPS derived from the phase measurement of the carrier signal (achievable accuracy
approx.1cm)

Post-processing(subsequentcorrectionandprocessingofthedata).

Choice of location and of the measurement time for improving the visibility or line of sight
contacttothesatellites(SeeexplanationonDOP6.3).

7.3.1 DGPS based on signal travel time delay measurement


TheprincipleofDGPSbasedonsignaltraveltimemeasurement(pseudorangeorC/Acodemeasurement)isvery
simple.AGPSreferencestationislocatedataknownandaccuratelysurveyedpoint.TheGPSreferencestation
determinesitsGPSpositionusingfourormoresatellites.GiventhatthepositionoftheGPSreferencestationis
exactlyknown,thedeviationofthemeasuredpositiontotheactualpositionandmoreimportantlythemeasured
pseudorange to each of the individual satellites can be calculated. These variations are valid for all the GPS
receiversaroundtheGPSreferencestationinarangeofupto200km.Thesatellitepseudorangescanthereby
be used for the correction of the measured positions of other GPS receivers (Figure 95). The differences are
either transmitted immediately by radio or used afterwards for correction (See post-processing, Section 7.3.3)
aftercarryingoutthemeasurements.
Itisimportantthatthecorrectionbebasedonthesatellitepseudorangevaluesandnotthespecificdeviationin
positionoftheGPSreferencestation.Deviationsarebasedonthepseudorangestothespecificsatellites,and
thesevarydependingonpositionaswellaswhichsatellitesareused.Acorrectionbasedsimplyonthepositional
deviationofthereferencebasestationfailstotakethisintoaccountandwillleadtofalseresults.

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

ImprovedGPS:DGPS,SBAS,A-GPSandHSGPS
Page 103 of 174

GPS-Compendium

Sat. 3

Sat. 2
Sat. 1

Sat. 4

Basel

Zurich

Berne

GPS reference station

Chur

GPS receiver

Geneva

Figure 95: Principle of DGPS with a GPS base station

7.3.1.1

Detailed description of how it runs

Theerrorcompensationiscarriedoutinthreephases:
1. Determinationofthecorrectionvaluesatthereferencestation
2. TransmissionofthecorrectionvaluesfromthereferencestationtotheGPSuser
3. CompensationforthedeterminedpseudorangestocorrectthecalculatedpositionoftheGPSuser
7.3.1.2

Definition of the correction factors

A reference station with exactly known position measures the L1 signal travel time to all visible GPS satellites
(Figure 96) and uses these values to calculate its position relative to the satellites. These measured values will
typically include errors. Since the real position of the reference station is known, the actual distance (nominal
value)toeachGPSsatellitecanbecalculated.Thedifferencebetweenthenominalandthemeasureddistances
can be calculated by a simple subtraction and corresponds toa correction factor. These correction factors are
differentforallGPSsatellitesandarealsoapplicabletoGPSuserswithinaradiusofseveralhundredkilometers.

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

ImprovedGPS:DGPS,SBAS,A-GPSandHSGPS
Page 104 of 174

GPS-Compendium

GPS satellite

Satellite
antenna
RF receiving
antenna

GPS user
924'26"
4648'41"

RF transmit
antenna

GPS

RF

RTCM SC-104

RF

Decoder
Reference station

Figure 96: Determination of the correction factors

7.3.1.3

Transmission of the correction values

Given that the correction values can be used by other GPS users within a large area to compensate for the
measured pseudoranges, they are immediately transmitted by using a suitable medium (telephone, radio, etc)
(Figure97).

GPS satellite

Satellite
antenna
RF receiving
antenna

GPS user
924'26"
4648'41"

RF transmitting
antenna

GPS

RTCM SC-104

RF

RF

Decoder
Reference station

Figure 97: Transmission of the correction factors

7.3.1.4

Correction of the measured pseudoranges

Afterreceivingthecorrectionvalues,theGPSusercancompensateforthepseudorangesinordertodetermine
theactualdistancetothesatellites(Figure98).Theseactualdistancescanthenbeusedtocalculatetheexact
positionoftheuser.Allerrors,whicharenotcausedbyreceivernoiseandmultipathreception,canbeovercome
inthisway.

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

ImprovedGPS:DGPS,SBAS,A-GPSandHSGPS
Page 105 of 174

GPS-Compendium

GPS satellite

Satellite
antenna
RF receiving
antenna

GPS user
924'26"
4648'41"

RF transmitting
antenna

GPS

RTCM SC-104

RF

RF

Decoder
Reference station

Figure 98: Correction of the measured pseudoranges

7.3.2 DGPS based on carrier phase measurement


TheDGPSaccuracyof1meterachievedbymeasuringsignaltraveltimeisnotenoughforsomerequirements
such as solving survey problems. In order to obtain a precision within millimeters, the carrier-phase of the
satellitesignalmustbeevaluated.
Thewavelength ofthecarrierwaveisapprox.19cm.Thedistancetoasatellitecanbedeterminedasshown
below(Figure99).

D = (N . ) + ()

Wave length

Phase

Number of complete cycles N


Distance D
Satellite

User

Figure 99: Principle of the phase measurement

SinceNisunknownthephasemeasurementisambiguous.Byobservingseveralsatellitesatdifferenttimesand
continuallycomparingresultsfromuserandreferencestationreceivers(duringorafterthemeasurement),the
position can be calculated using an extensive series of mathematical equations to an accuracy of a few
millimeters.

7.3.3 DGPS post-processing (signal travel time and phase measurement)


DGPSpost-processingimplementsthedeterminedcorrectionfactorsbyusingappropriatesoftwareafter carrying
out field measurements. Reference data is either obtained from private reference stations or from publicly
accessible server systems. The disadvantage is that problems with the field data (e.g. poor satellite reception,
damagedfilesetc.)aresometimesnotdetecteduntilafterthecorrectionfactorsarecalculatedandbroadcast,
necessitatingarepetitionofthewholeprocess.

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

ImprovedGPS:DGPS,SBAS,A-GPSandHSGPS
Page 106 of 174

GPS-Compendium

7.3.4 Transmitting the correction data


DGPS services collectdatafromreference stationsandtransmit it by radio to themobile receiver.There area
variety of channelsavailable over whichto broadcast this correction data. Each of these broadcasting systems
possesses individual radio-technical properties and frequency ranges which have specific advantages and
disadvantagesforDGPS(Table13).
Broadcasting system

Frequency
range

Advantages

Disadvantages

Transmission
of correction
data

Longandmediumwave
broadcasters(LW,MW)

100-600KHz

Extensiverangeof Lowbitrates
transmission
(1000km)

RTCMSC104

Maritimeradiobeacon

283-315KHz

Extensiverangeof Lowbitrates
transmission
(1000km)

RTCMSC104

Aviationradiobeacon

255-415KHz

Extensiverangeof Lowbitrates
transmission
(1000km)

RTCMSC104

Shortwavebroadcaster
(KW)

330MHz

Extensiverangeof Lowbitrates,quality
RTCMSC104
transmission
dependsonthetimeand
frequency

VHFandFM

30-300MHz

Highbitrates,joint Rangeoftransmission
useoftheexisting limitedbythequasiinfrastructure
opticalconditions

RTCMSC104

Mobile
450,900,1800 Jointuseof
communication/telephone MHz
existingnetworks
networks(GSM,GPRS)

Limitedrangeof
transmission,
synchronizationproblem

RTCMSC104

GEOsatellitesystem

Highinvestmentcost

RTCMSC104
(forMSAT,
Omnistar,
Landstar,
Starfire)

1.21.5GHz

Extensivearea
coverage

RTCADO-229C
(forSBAS
systemssuchas
WAAS,EGNOS,
MSAS)
Table 13: Transmission process of the differential signal (for code and phase measurement)

Manycountriesprovidetheirownsystemsfortransmittingcorrectiondata.Acomprehensivedescriptionofall
thesesystemsisbeyondthescopeofthiscompendium.Someindividualsystemswillbedescribedbelow.

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

ImprovedGPS:DGPS,SBAS,A-GPSandHSGPS
Page 107 of 174

GPS-Compendium

7.3.5 DGPS classification according to the broadcast range


ThevariousDGPSservicesavailablearecategorizedaccordingtothebroadcastrangeofthecorrectionsignals:

Local DGPS: Local Area Augmentation System (LAAS). These are sometimes called Ground Based
AugmentationSystems(GBAS).

RegionalDGPS

Wide Area DGPS (WADGPS) or Satellite Based Augmentation Systems (SBAS): Employ satellites to
transmitDGPScorrectiondata.Inthesecasesnotjustsinglereferencestations,butwholenetworksof
referencestationsareused.

7.3.6 Standards for the transmission of correction signals


DGPS broadcasters transmit the signal travel time and carrier-phase corrections. For most GBAS and some
satellite based WADGPS systems (LandStar-DGPS, MSAT, Omnistar or Starfire) the DGPS correction data is
transmitted according to the RTCM SC-104 standard. Typically the receiver must be equipped with a service
specificdecoderinordertoreceiveandprocessthedata.
SatelliteBasedAugmentationSystemssuchasWAAS,EGNOSandMSASusetheRTCADO-229standard.Since
RTCA frequencies and data formats are compatible with those of GPS, modern GNSS receivers can calculate
RTCAdatawithouttheuseofadditionalhardware,incontrasttoRTCM(Figure100).
Table14liststhestandardsusedforDGPScorrectionsignalsaswellasthereferencespertainingspecificallyto
GNSS.
Standard

RTCMSC104:

References pertaining to GNSS

RadioTechnicalCommissionforMaritime
Services,SpecialCommittee104

RTCMRecommendedStandardsfor
DifferentialNavstarGPSService,Version2.0and
2.1
RecommendedStandardsforDifferential
GNSSService,Version2.2and2.3

RTCA:

RadioTechnicalCommissionfor
Aeronautics

DO-229C,MinimumOperationalPerformance
StandardsforGlobalPositioningSystem/Wide
AreaAugmentationSystemAirborne
Equipment.

Table 14: Standards for DGPS correction signals

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

ImprovedGPS:DGPS,SBAS,A-GPSandHSGPS
Page 108 of 174

GPS-Compendium

RTCM
Decoder

Figure 100: Comparison of DGPS systems based on RTCM and RTCA standards

7.3.7 Overview of the different correction services

GPS

Corrected
(DGPS)

Uncorrected

PostProcessing
(Code+Phase)

TwoFrequency

(L1/L2)

RTCMSC-104
(Code+Phase)

Phase
Measurement

RTCADO-229C
(SBASoverGEOSatellites)

Proprietary
Formats
(Code+Phase)

WAAS
Measurement
basedon
Code

GBAS+LAAS
transmissionover
LandStation

WADGPS
transmissionover
GEO-Sat.

EGNOS
MSAS

LW/MW/KW

Omnistar

UKW/VHF

StarFire

GSM,etc

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

ImprovedGPS:DGPS,SBAS,A-GPSandHSGPS
Page 109 of 174

GPS-Compendium

7.4 DGPS services for real-time correction


7.4.1 Introduction
Allcorrectiondataistransmittedtotheuserreceiverreceptionareaviaasuitablebroadcaster(AM,Shortwave,
FM, GSM, internet, satellite communication, etc). In North America and Europe, the correction signals from
multiplepublicDGPSservicescanbereceived.Dependingontheservice,anannuallicensefeemayberequired
oraone-timefeeischargedwhenpurchasingtheDGPSreceiver.
Worldwide there are far too many ground-based DGPS services, also known as Ground Based Augmentation
Services(GBAS),todescribethemallindetailhere.Inmanycountriestherearemultiplesystemsoffered.Forthis
reasonafewselectedserviceswillbeintroducedinthefollowingsections.Inaddition,afewservicesoffering
moreorlessglobalcoverage(satellitebased)willbeexaminedinmoredetail.

7.4.2 Terrestrial services based on RTCM SC-104

SAPOS: (German Surveying and Mapping Administration Satellite Positioning Service) is a DGPS service in
permanentoperation.ThisserviceisavailableinallofGermany.ThebasisofthesystemisanetworkofGPS
reference stations. For real-time correction values the data is transmitted using FM radio, longwave, GSM
andtheirown2-meterband(VHF)frequencies.FMradiotransmittersbroadcastthecorrectiondatasignals
inRASANT(RadioAidedSatelliteNavigationTechnique)format.ThisisaconversionofRTCM2.0fordata
transmissionintotheRadioDataSystem(RDS)formatusedbyFMsoundbroadcasting.SAPOSincludesfour
serviceswithdifferentfeaturesandaccuracies 60 :
o SAPOSEPS:
Real-TimePositioningService
o

SAPOSHEPS:

High-PrecisionReal-TimePositioningService

SAPOSGPPS:

GeodeticPrecisionPositioningService

Swipos: (Swiss Positioning Service 61 ) distributes correction data using mobile telephone networks/GSM or
viaInternet/GPRS.Swiposofferstwoservices:
o Swipos-NAV(Servicewithprecisionwithinmeters)
o

Swipos-GIS/GEO(Servicewithprecisionwithincentimeters)

Radio Beacons:radiobeaconsarenavigationinstallationsdistributedworldwideprimarilyalongthecoasts.
Thesetransmit DGPS correction signalsat a frequency of approximately 300kHz. The signal bit rate varies
depending on thebroadcaster between100and 200bitper second. For example, in Australia the AMSA
(Australian Maritime Safety Authority) has built up a full DGPS network of 16 stations, completed in
Decemberof2002.Thestationstransmitatfrequenciesbetween294-320kHzandcanbereceivedwithin
arangeofabout275km(Figure101 62 ).

60

http://www.sapos.de/
http://www.swisstopo.admin.ch/internet/swisstopo/en/home/products/services/swipos.html
http://www.amsa.gov.au/Publications/Fact_sheets/DGPS_Fact_Sheet.pdf

61
62

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

ImprovedGPS:DGPS,SBAS,A-GPSandHSGPS
Page 110 of 174

GPS-Compendium

Figure 101: Radio beacon coverage for Australia

7.4.3 Satellite services based on RTCM SC-104


Severalgeostationarysatellitescontinuallytransmitcorrectiondata.UndernamessuchasOmnistar,Starfireand
MSATavarietyofservicesareavailable.

Omnistar transmits correction data over 6 GEO satellites (Figure 102 63 ). The three services recquire a fee
and users must have a special receiver/decoder in order to use them 64 . Omnistar transmits its information
overtheL-Band(1-2GHz)totheEarth.Thereferencegroundstationsaredistributedthroughouttheworld.

Figure 102: Coverage areas of the 6 Omnistar satellites (two zones overlap each other)

63

http://www.seastar.co.uk/coverage.html
http://www.omnistar.com/

64

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

ImprovedGPS:DGPS,SBAS,A-GPSandHSGPS
Page 111 of 174

GPS-Compendium

Starfire,propertyofNavComTechnology,Inc.,alsotransmitscorrectiondataover6GEOsatellites(Figure
103 65 ).Theservicerecquiresafeeandusersmusthaveaspecialreceiver/decoderinordertouseit.Starfire
transmits its information over the L-Band (1-2 GHz) to the Earth. The reference ground stations are
distributedthroughouttheworld.

Figure 103: Coverage area of Starfire

7.5 Wide Area DGPS (WADGPS)


7.5.1 Satellite based augmentation systems, SBAS (WAAS, EGNOS)
7.5.1.1

Introduction

SatelliteBasedAugmentationSystems(SBAS)areusedtoenhancetheGPS,GLONASSandGALILEO(onceitis
operational) functions. Correction and integrity data for GPS or GLONASS is broadcast from geostationary
satellitesovertheGNSSfrequency.
7.5.1.2

The most important SBAS functions

SBASisaconsiderableimprovementcomparedtoGPSbecausethepositioningaccuracyandthereliabilityofthe
positioning information are improved. SBAS, in contrast to GPS, delivers additional signals broadcast from
differentgeostationarysatellites.

Increased positioning accuracy using correction data: SBAS provides differential correction data with
whichtheGNSSpositioningaccuracyisimproved.Firstofalltheionosphericerror,whicharisesduetothe
signaldelaysintheionosphere,hastobecorrected.Theionosphericerrorvarieswiththetimeofdayandis
different from region to region. To ensure that the data is continentally valid, it is necessary to operate a
complicatednetworkofearthstationsinordertobeabletocalculatetheionosphericerror.Inadditionto
the ionospheric values, SBAS passes on correction information concerning the satellite position location
(Ephemeris)andtimemeasurement.

Increased integrity and security: SBAS monitors each GNSS satellite and notifies the user of a satellite
errororbreakdownwithinashortwarninglatencyof6s.Thisyes/noinformationisonlytransmittedifthe
qualityofthereceivedsignalsremainsbelowspecificlimits.

65

http://www.navcomtech.com/StarFire/

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

ImprovedGPS:DGPS,SBAS,A-GPSandHSGPS
Page 112 of 174

GPS-Compendium

Increased availability through the broadcasting of navigation information: SBAS geostationary


satellites emit signals, which are similar to the GNSS signals although missing the accurate time data. A
GNSSreceivercaninterpretpositionfromthesesignalsusingaprocedureknownaspseudoranging.

7.5.2 Overview of existing and planned systems


Although all Satellite Based Augmentation Systems (SBAS) include very large regions (e.g. Europe) it must be
ensuredthattheyarecompatiblewitheachother(interoperability)andthattheSBASproviderscooperatewith
eachotherandagreeontheirapproach.CompatibilityisguaranteedbyusingtheRTCADO-229Cstandard.At
thecurrenttime,compatibleSBASsystemsarecurrentlyinoperationordevelopmentfortheareasidentifiedin
Figure107.

North America (WAAS, Wide Area Augmentation System): the US Federal Aviation Administration
(FAA)isleadingthedevelopmentoftheWideAreaAugmentationSystem(WAAS),whichcoverstheUnited
States, Canada and Mexico (Figure 104 66 ). WAAS operates over two satellites (Anik F1R und Galaxy 15)
locatedat133Wand107W 67 .

Figure 104: WAAS area of coverage

Europe (EGNOS, European Geostationary Overlay Service): The European group of three comprising
ESA, the European Union and EUROCONTROL, is developing EGNOS. It is intended for the region of the
EuropeanCivilAviationConference(ECAC).AsofFebruary2009,thesystemhadnotyetbeendefinitively
released for operation and may not be used in high security applications (e.g. aviation). The current
transmission status of the EGNOS satellites can be viewed under 68 . Certification is planned by the end of
2009.

Japan (MSAS, Multifunctional Satellite Based Augmentation System and QZSS, Quazi Zenith
Satellite System): MSAS uses two GEO satellites and for QZSS it is planned to use up to three HEO
satellites(highly-inclinedellipticalorbits,Figure105).ThetwoMSASsignalsaretransmittedbytheMTSAT1RandMTSAT-2satellites 69 .Asofthebeginningof2008,MTSAT-1Rwasoperational. QZSS supplements

66

http://www.faa.gov/about/office_org/headquarters_offices/ato/service_units/techops/navservices/gnss/waas/news/
http://www.faa.gov/about/office_org/headquarters_offices/ato/service_units/techops/navservices/gnss/waas/
68
http://esamultimedia.esa.int/docs/egnos/estb/IMAGEtech/imagetech_realtime.htm
69
http://www.jma.go.jp/jma/jma-eng/satellite/index.html
67

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

ImprovedGPS:DGPS,SBAS,A-GPSandHSGPS
Page 113 of 174

GPS-Compendium

GPSthroughthe transmission ofGPS signalsand integrity or correction signals 70 . Theespecially high HEO
constellationofQZSSensuresthatatleastonesatelliteinthevicinityofitszenith(7590Elevation)is
visibleinJapanesespace(Figure106 71 ).Thisshouldimprovepositioninginnarrowurbancanyons.Thefirst
QZSSsatelliteshouldbeoperationalbytheendof2010.

Figure 105: Satellite orbits and ground tracks of QZSS

Figure 106: QZSS satellite orbits, ground tracks and elevation over Tokyo

India (GAGAN, GPS and GEO Augmentated Navigation): TheIndianSpaceResearchOrganization(ISRO


[ 72 ]) is developing a system,which will be compatible with the other SBAS systems. In 2008, GAGAN test
signals were transmitted by Inmarsat 4F1 IOR. After 2009, GAGAN will begin operation using the GEO
satelliteGSAT-4.ThenewGAGANsatellitewillbelocatedat82E.

Russia (SDCM, System for Differential Correction and Monitoring): Russia plans a system for its
territorytocontrolGPSandGLONASSsignalsusingvariousmonitoringstations.GEOsatelliteswilltransmit
correctionandintegritysignalsforGPSandGLONASSoverRussianterritory.

70

http://qzss.jaxa.jp/is-qzss/index_e.html
QuasiZenithSatelliteSystemNavigationServiceInterfaceSpecificationsforQZSSDraft
http://isro.gov.in/

71
72

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

ImprovedGPS:DGPS,SBAS,A-GPSandHSGPS
Page 114 of 174

GPS-Compendium

90
EGNOS
Beidou

WAAS

MSAS

Latitude

GAGAN

0
Intelsat
Galaxy 15
133W
PRN135

90
-180

TeleSat
Anik F1R
107,3W
PRN138

-120

AOR-E Artemis IOR-W IOR


80E
MTSAT-1R MTSAT-2
15.5W 21.5E 25E
64E
110.5E 140E
145E
PRN120 PRN124 PRN126 PRN127 140E PRN129
PRN137

-60

0
Longitude

60

120

180

Figure 107: Position and coverage of WAAS, EGNOS, GAGAN and MSAS

Thegeostationarysatellites(Table15 73 )broadcasttheirsignalsfromanaltitudeofapprox.36,000kmabovethe
equatorinthedirectionoftheareaofuse.ThepositionofsomeSBASsatellitesisnotknownatthistime.The
PseudoRandomNumber(PRN)foreachsatellitehasbeenallocated 74 .Thebroadcastingfrequencyofthesignals
is the same as GPS (L1, 1575.42 MHz)., which means that no additional investment in receiver hardware is
neededinordertoreceivesignalsfromSBASGEOsatellites.

Service

Satellite description

Position

PRN

WAAS

IntelsatGalaxyXV

133W

135

WAAS

TeleSatAnikF1R

107,3W

138

EGNOS

Inmarsat3F2AOR-E

15,5W

120

EGNOS

Artemis

21,5W

124

EGNOS

Inmarsat3F5IOR-W

25E

126

MSAS

MTSAT-1R

140E

129

MSAS

MTSAT-2

145E

137

GAGAN

Inmarsat4F1IOR(Testbetrieb)

64E

127

Table 15: The GEO satellites used by WAAS, EGNOS and MSAS (as of February 2008)

7.5.3 Overview of planned RNSS


RNSS is the abbreviation of Regional Navigation Satellite System. RNSS systems are the counterpart to GPS,
GLONASS and GALILEO, which together are designated as GNSS (Global Navigation Satellite System) systems
and make possible worldwide navigation and positioning. RNSS systems can only be used for navigation in
limitedareas(e.g.individualcountries).ThetransitionfromSBAStoRNSSisquitefluid,thereforetheplanned

73

http://celestrak.com/NORAD/elements/sbas.txt
http://www.losangeles.af.mil/shared/media/document/AFD-070530-036.pdf

74

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

ImprovedGPS:DGPS,SBAS,A-GPSandHSGPS
Page 115 of 174

GPS-Compendium

RNSS systems are introduced together with SBAS. The following regional satellite navigation systems are
planned:

India(IRNSS,IndianRegionalNavigationSatelliteSystem):INRSSistobeanautonomousnavigationsystem
consisting of three GEO satellites and four geosynchronous satellites with an inclination of 29 to the
equatorialplane 75 .Thesystemshouldbefunctionalafter2014.

Japan (QZSS, Quazi Zenith Satellite System): This system is a supplement to GPS and has already been
introduced(seeSection7.5.2).

7.5.4 SBAS system description


Thecomplexgroundsegmentiscomposedofseveralreferencebase-stations,groundcontrolcentersand2to3
satellite earth stations (Figure 108). Each system uses its own designation for its stations. Table 16 below
comparesthedesignations.
General description

EGNOS designation

WAAS designation

MSAS designation

ReferenceBaseStation

RIMS:Referenceand
IntegrityMonitoring
Station

WRS:WideAreaBase GMS:GroundMonitor
station
Station

ControlCenter

MCC:MissionControl
Center

WMS:WAASMaster
Station

SatelliteGroundStation

NLES:NavigationLand GES:GroundEarth
EarthStation
Station

MCS:MasterControl
Station
NES/GES:Navigation
EarthStation/Ground
EarthStation

Table 16: Designation of the SBAS stations

Figure 108: Principle of all Satellite Based Augmentation Systems SBAS

75

http://www.isro.org/newsletters/spaceindia/aprsep2006/Satnavindustry.htm

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

ImprovedGPS:DGPS,SBAS,A-GPSandHSGPS
Page 116 of 174

GPS-Compendium

Reference Station:intheSBASareathereareseveralreferencebasestations,whicharenetworkedto
eachother.ThebasestationsreceivetheGNSSsignals.Theyareexactlysurveyedwithregardtotheir
position.Eachbasestationdeterminesthedeviationbetweentheactualandcalculatedpositionsrelative
tothesatellites(thepseudorange).Thisdataisthentransmittedtoacontrolcenter.

Control Center:thecontrolcenterscarryouttheevaluationofthecorrectiondatafromthereference
base stations, determine the accuracy of all GNSS signals received by each base station, detect
inaccuracies, possibly caused by turbulence in the ionosphere, and monitor the integrity of the GNSS
system.Dataconcerningthevariationsarethenintegratedintoasignalandtransmittedviadistributed
satelliteearthstations.

Satellite Ground Station:thesestationsbroadcastsignalstothedifferentgeostationarysatellites.

GEO satellites: the SBAS GEO (geostationary) satellites receive the signals from the satellite ground
stationsandbroadcastthemtotheGNSSusers.UnliketheGNSSsatellites,theseGEOsatellitesdonot
have onboard signal generators but rather are equipped with transponders, which relay the signals
processedonthegroundandtransmittedtothem.ThesignalsaretransmittedtoearthontheGNSS-L1frequency (1575.42MHz). The SBAS signals are received and processed by suitably equipped GNSS
receivers.

7.5.5 Satellite DGPS services using RTCM SC-104


Severalgeostationarysatellitescontinuouslybroadcastcorrectiondataworldwide.Belowsomeoftheseservices
arelisted.TheseservicesusetheRTCMSC-104standardandrequireaspecialdecoder.

MSAT: developedbytheNationalResearchCouncilofCanada,thisservicebroadcaststheCanada-Wide
DGPS(CDGPS)signalsusingtwogeostationarysatellites.

Omnistar (Fugro Group) and LandStar-DGPS, (Thales Company), independently broadcast correction
datavia6GEOsatellites(Figure109).Theservicesmustbepaidforandtheusermusthaveaccesstoa
specialreceiver/decoderforusingtheservice.OmnistarandLandstarbroadcasttheirinformationinLband(1-2GHz)toearth.Basestationsaredistributedworldwide.Thegeostationarysatellitesarelocated
inthecentrallatitudedeepoverthehorizon(10...30).Line-of-sightcontactisrequiredinorderto
establishradiocontact.

Figure 109: LandStar-DGPS and Omnistar illumination zone

StarfirePropertyofNavComTechnology,Inc.,broadcastscorrectiondatavia3InmarsatGEOsatellites.
Theservicehastobepaidforandtheusermusthaveaccesstoaspecialreceiver/decoderinorderto

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

ImprovedGPS:DGPS,SBAS,A-GPSandHSGPS
Page 117 of 174

GPS-Compendium

use the service. Starfire broadcasts its information in L-band (1-2 GHz) to earth. The respective base
stationsaredistributedthroughoutthewholeworld.Theserviceisavailableworldwideovertherange
of76latitude.

7.6 Achievable accuracy with DGPS and SBAS


Table17showstypicallyachievablepositioningaccuracywithandwithoutDGPS/SBAS.
Error cause and type

Error
without
DGPS/SBAS

Error with
DGPS/SBAS

Ephemerisdata

1.5m

0.1m

Satelliteclocks

1.5m

0.1m

Effectoftheionosphere

3.0m

0.2m

Effectofthetroposphere

0.7m

0.2m

Multipathreception

1.0m

1.4m

Effectofthereceiver

0.5m

0.5m

TotalRMSvalue

4.0m

1.2m

Horizontalerror(1-Sigma(68%)HDOP=1.3)

6.0m

1.8m

Horizontal error (2-Sigma (95%) HDOP=1.3)

12.0m

3.6m

Table 17: Positioning accuracy without and with DGPS/SBAS

7.7 Assisted-GPS (A-GPS, AGPS)


7.7.1 Introduction
Anever-increasingnumberofdevicesarecomingontothemarketcombiningmobileradiofunctions(e.g.GSM,
UMTS, etc.) with satellite navigation, for instance GPS (see Figure 110). Such a combination is often used for
LocationBasedServices(LBS).Itcanbeassumedthatthesedevicesarenotalwaysinoperation.Thisisespecially
true when positioning is determined by GPS, since the power consumption of a GPS receiver limits battery
operationtime.

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

ImprovedGPS:DGPS,SBAS,A-GPSandHSGPS
Page 118 of 174

GPS-Compendium

Mobile
Receiver

GPS Module

Figure 110: Mobile receiver and block diagram showing integrated GPS module

BecausetheGPSdeviceisonlyinfrequentlyinoperationitisprobablethatnoinformationisavailableregarding
satellite position. After being inactive for 2 or more hours the orbital data of the satellites must first be
downloadedinordertostartup.AGPSreceivernormallyrequiresatleast18-36secondsinordertoobtainthe
orbitaldataandcalculatethefirstposition(thistimeisreferredtoastheTimetoFirstFix:TTFF).Underdifficult
receptionconditions(e.g.,inurbanareaswheretallbuildingsblockdirectsighttothesky)thecalculationofthe
firstpositioncanrequireminutestobecompleted,ifatall.Thisslowstart-upisasystem-inherentlimitationof
GPS,whichcannotbeovercomewithimprovedreceivertechnology.
Intheabsenceoftheorbitaldata,theGPSreceivermustcarryoutacompletesearchprocedureinordertofind
theavailablesatellites,downloadthedataandcalculatetheposition.Thesearchfortheapproximately30GPS
satellites in the code-frequency domain is very time consuming. The integration time per level in the codefrequency domain normally requires at least 1ms (1 C/A-code period). Should the frequency range be broken
into50-Hzsteps(i.e.,thefrequencyintervalamountsto(2x6000/50Hz=240Hz)thentherecanbeasmany
as1023x50=51,150positions(bins)tobesearchedfor(requiring51seconds).SeealsoSection7.8.

7.7.2 Principle of A-GPS


A rapid determination of position and measurement during periods of weak signals can be obtained by
providingadditionalsatelliteorbitdataandotherGPSinformation.Thisinformationismadeavailablethrough
other communications channels, for example via GSM, GPRS, CDMA or UMTS. This application is known as
Aiding and is used in Assisted-GPS (A-GPS, or AGPS). A-GPS is a function or service that uses Aiding-Data in
order to speed up the determination of position. The GPS receiver obtains Aiding-Data via a mobile
communicationsnetworkordirectlyovertheInternet.TheAiding-Dataincludesinformationoversuchthingsas:

Satelliteconstellation(Almanac)

Preciseorbitaldata(Ephemeris,orbits)

Timeinformation

Dopplerfrequencyandfrequency-offset(error)oftheGPSreceiver
WiththeavailabilityofthisAiding-DatatheGPSreceivercanveryquicklydetermineposition,evenunderpoor
signalconditions.Withweaksignalsthisisoftentheonlywaytogetapositionfix.Dependingonthecomplexity
and completeness of the Aiding-Data the reduction of the start-up time can be significant. The start-up time
remainsdependentonthestrengthoftheGPS-Signal.Itisgenerallytruethatthehighertheavailabilityandthe
accuracyofaidinginformation,thefasteristhestart-uptime.
Figure111showstheapproximatestart-uptime(TimetoFirstFix,TTFF)asvariousAiding-Dataareused 76 .

76

GPS-World,September2005:ChrisCarver:HighSensitivityversusAssistedTechniques

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

ImprovedGPS:DGPS,SBAS,A-GPSandHSGPS
Page 119 of 174

GPS-Compendium

TTFF
2min

20s
15s
onlyAlmanac
onlyEphemeris
Ephemeris+Time
Ephemeris+Time+Position
Ephemeris+Time+Position+DopplerFrequency

10s
5s

Signal Strength
-160dBm

-150dBm

-140dBm

-130dBm

Figure 111: Time to First Fix (TTFF) with different Aiding-Data as a function of signal strength

AmobiletransmitterstationwithintegratedGPSdevicestillrequiressighttoatleastfoursatellites.TouseA-GPS
theGPSreceiversrequireaninterfacethroughwhichtoreceivetheAiding-Data.
Thehighesttimesavingoccursthrougheliminatingthereceptiontimefortheorbitaldata.Inadditiontothis,
thesearchareacanbelimitedwhentheDopplerfrequencyandfrequencyoffsetoftheGPSreceiverareknown
(Figure112).Thiscausesthesignalacquisitiontobeaccelerated,whichsavesadditionaltime.

Locationof
Maximum
1023

Correlation
Factor

767
1

511

de
Co

255
0
-6KHz

t
hif
S

0
+6KHz

FrequencyShift

Figure 112: Acceleration of the search procedure with A-GPS by reducing the search area

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

ImprovedGPS:DGPS,SBAS,A-GPSandHSGPS
Page 120 of 174

GPS-Compendium

7.7.3 Reference network


A-GPSAiding-Dataisproducedbycollectingsatelliteinformationoveranextensiveandworldwidenetworkof
monitoringstations,whichcontinuallyandaccuratelymonitorsatellitemovements.Ahighperformanceserver
uses this data to predict satellite movements over the next days. An example of such a network is the one
developedbytheInternationalGNSS-Service(IGS,orInternationalGPS-Service 77 ),whichoperatesapermanent
worldwidenetwork(Figure113).

Figure 113: IGS reference stations (as of November 2007) with approx. 340 active stations

7.7.4 A-GPS network


A typical A-GPS system, as illustrated in the below block diagram (Figure 114), consists of a global reference
network of GPS receivers, a central server that distributes Aiding-Data, and A-GPS capable receivers (the GPS
end devices). The GPS receivers of the global reference network receive the relevant satellite information and
forwardittotheserver.TheservercalculatestheAiding-Dataandtransmitsit(overamobilecommunications
networkorovertheInternet)uponrequesttotheGPSenddevices,whichinturncanmorequicklydetermine
theirfirstposition.

77

http://igscb.jpl.nasa.gov/

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

ImprovedGPS:DGPS,SBAS,A-GPSandHSGPS
Page 121 of 174

GPS-Compendium

GPS Satellites
Internet
Reference
Network

Location Server

M obile Com m .
Network (G SM ,
G PRS, UM TS, CDMA)

Aiding Data
(over mobile
comm. network)
Mobile
Station
Aiding Data
(directly over
internet)

GPS-Receiver
with A-GPS
interface

Figure 114: Assisted-GPS system

TheAiding-DataiscollectedfromaworldwidenetworkofGPS-ReferenceStations(GPSReferenceNetwork).
TwodifferenttechniquesareemployedtousetheAiding-Data:

WiththeOnline PrincipletheAiding-Dataisdirectlydownloadedfromaserverasneededinreal-time.
Thisinformationisonlyvalidforalimitedtime.(e.g.AssistNow Onlinebyu-bloxAG)

WiththeOffline PrincipletheAiding-Data(generallypredeterminedEphemerisorAlmanac
information)isdownloadedfromaserverandstoredintheGNSSdevicepriortotheapplication.The
datacanremainvalidforuptoseveraldays.Asneededthestoreddatacanbeutilizedinorderto
acceleratethestart-up.(e.g.AssistNowOfflinebyu-bloxAG)

7.7.5 A-GPS with online aiding data (real-time A-GPS)


WithOnlineA-GPS(Real-timePrinciple)theAidingDataisdirectlydownloadedfromtheserverasneededand
areonlyvalidforashorttime(Figure115).Thedisadvantageofthisprincipleistherelativelyslowconnection
time(GPRS,forexample,requiresupto30seconds)orinadequateavailabilityofInternetAccessPoints.

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

ImprovedGPS:DGPS,SBAS,A-GPSandHSGPS
Page 122 of 174

GPS-Compendium

GPS Satellites
Internet

Location Server

Reference
Network
Mobile Network
(GSM, GPRS, Continuous
UMTS, CDMA) Aiding Data

Request
Mobile
Station

GPS Module,
GPS-IC
with A-GPS
interface

Client

Figure 115: With Online A-GPS, Aiding-Data is continuously transmitted

FunctionofOnlineA-GPS(seeFigure115):

TheMobileStationoftheGPSreceiverrequestsAiding-DatafromtheLocationServer.Inordertomake
this functionality possible, an aiding program (the so-called client) must be installed in the Mobile
Station.

TheServertransmitstheAiding-Data(approx.1to3KB)totheClientofthemobilestation.TheClient
thenpassesthisdataontotheGPSmodule.

TheGPSmoduleusestheAiding-Datatodetermineposition.

7.7.6 A-GPS with offline aiding data (predicted orbits)


WithOfflineA-GPStheGPSreceiverisprovidedwithpredeterminedorbitaldata(PredictedOrbits).Theorbital
dataisdeterminedthroughinformationfromthereferencenetworkandthecurrentAlmanac(Figure116).The
receiverstoresthisinformation,andtheconnectiontotheserveristerminated.ThenexttimetheGPSreceiver
starts up the stored information is used to determine the current orbital information for navigation.
Consequently, it is no longer necessary to wait until all of this information has been downloaded from the
satellitesandthereceivercanimmediatelybeginnavigating.Dependingontheprovider,theAidingDatacanbe
validfor10to20days,althoughitshouldbeconsideredthattheresultingpositionalaccuracydecreaseswith
time.

Figure 116: From the Almanac data precise orbital data (True Orbits) are calculated

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

ImprovedGPS:DGPS,SBAS,A-GPSandHSGPS
Page 123 of 174

GPS-Compendium

FunctionofOfflineA-GPS(Figure116):

TheClientrequestsAiding-DatafromtheLocationServer

TheServersendstheAiding-Data(<10-100KB)totheClient

TheClientpassesthisdataontotheGPSmodule

TheGPSmodulecanusethisAiding-Dataupto14days.Duringthistime,nonewconnectiontothe
Serverisnecessary.

7.7.7 Architectures
InordertotransmittheAiding-Data,therearetwodifferentarchitectures:

ControlPlaneArchitecture

UserPlaneArchitecture

7.7.8 Control plane architecture


WithControlPlanebasedA-GPS,theserverandend-devicecommunicateovercommunicationsignalchannels
(SS7, Signalling System) in mobile radio and switching networks (e.g. GSM). For this, the necessary interfaces
and protocols are available throughout the entire network. Control Plane architecture requires comprehensive
alterations of the network infrastructure (Figure 117) based on 3GPP Location Services Standards. These
standardsareavailablefromthe3GPPorganization 78 .Individuallydescribedstandardscanbedownloaded 79 , 80 , 81 ,
82
.
GPS Satellites

Reference
Network

Location Server

SS7

Mobile Network
(GSM, GPRS,
UMTS, CDMA) Aiding Data

Figure 117: With Control Plane Architecture the mobile network must be altered

78

http://www.3gpp.org/
TS03.71,LocationServices(LCS),FunctionaldescriptionStage2,
80
TS04.31,LocationServices(LCS),MobileStationServingMobileLocationCentre,RadioResourceLCSProtocol
81
TS44.035,LocationServices(LCS),BroadcastnetworkassistanceforEnhancedObservedTimeDifferenceandGlobalPositioningSystem
positioningmethods,
82
TS 04.35, Location Services (LCS), Broadcast network assistance for Enhanced Observed Time Difference and Global Positioning System
positioningmethods
79

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

ImprovedGPS:DGPS,SBAS,A-GPSandHSGPS
Page 124 of 174

GPS-Compendium

7.7.9 User plane architecture


User Plane is an A-GPS-System where communications between the Location Server and the end device take
placeoverastandarddataconnectionsuchasGPRSorUMTS.FortheintegrationofUserPlanesolutions,the
existingprotocolsandinterfacesofthemobileradioandswitchingnetworksareused.Additionally,aLocation
Serverisintegratedintothemobilenetwork.
The server communicates directly with the mobile end devices over an IP Connection (Internet Protocol
Connection),forwhichtheradioandswitchingnetworksrequirenomodification(Figure118).TheOpenMobile
Alliance(OMA),anassociationofMobileNetworkserviceprovidersandmanufacturers,hasproducedaStandard
forlocationtechnology(OMA-SUPL,seeSection7.7.11).

GPS Satellites

Reference
Network

Location Server

IP

Mobile Network
(GSM, GPRS,
UMTS, CDMA) Aiding Data

Figure 118: With User Plane Architecture the mobile network requires no alteration

7.7.10 Architecture advantages


Table18comparestheadvantagesofUser-planevs.Control-planearchitectures.

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

ImprovedGPS:DGPS,SBAS,A-GPSandHSGPS
Page 125 of 174

GPS-Compendium

Criteria
Architectureandimplementation

Risk

Serviceoptions

Management/upgrades

Control
Extensibility(fordevelopers)

Serviceaddressability

User-plane advantage
Fewer elements involved, resulting
inlesscomplexity,cost,andimpact
onthenetwork
Less costly to implement, offloads
service development to third
parties, while the operator
maintains control over enabling
thoseserviceswithalocation

Control-plane advantage

Utilizes the more reliable SS7


network

Morecomplexdesignlendsitselfto
more robust service choices; in
addition, voice-controlled services
arealsoeasiertoimplement
Fewer moving parts result in lower
operatingexpenses;upgradesdont
impactasmanyelements

Standards for location gateway are


betterdefinedforimplementation
Allowsthirdpartiestodevelopand
hostserviceswithminimalnetwork
impact

Allowsoperatorstodeployservices
tosubscriberswithorwithoutdata
connectivity

Table 18: Comparison of advantages of User-plane vs. Control-plane Architectures

83

7.7.11 OMA-Secure User Plane Location Architecture (OMA-SUPL)


In June 2007 the OMA (Open Mobile Alliance 84 ) authorized and released their Standard. All standards,
regulationsandprotocolspertainingtoUserPlanearecombinedundertheheadingSecureUserPlaneLocation
(SUPL)andareavailableontheOMAwebsite.SUPLrequiresexistingMobileNetworkstotransmitAiding-Data
fromtheLocationServertoMobilStationswithintegratedGPScomponents.ThenecessaryAiding-DataforAGPSfunctionisstoredintheLocationServer.
The User Plane Location Protocol (ULP) describes the most important protocols for communication between
LocationServersandmobilestationswithGPSreceiversforA-GPS.ThisStandarddesignatestheLocationServer
as the SLP (SUPL Location Platform) and the combined mobile terminal with GPS receiver as the SET (SUPL
EnabledTerminal)(SeeFigure119).

83

http://h71019.www7.hp.com/enterprise/downloads/Article_Dueling_Architectures_UserPlane-ControlPlane.pdf
http://www.openmobilealliance.org/

84

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

ImprovedGPS:DGPS,SBAS,A-GPSandHSGPS
Page 126 of 174

GPS-Compendium

Figure 119: Block diagram with components according to OMA

ThesignificantprotocolsforA-GPSare:

SUPLPOSINIT(Section6.2.4oftheStandard)

PositioningMethod(Section7.8oftheStandard)

RequestedAssistanceData(Section7.9oftheStandard)

7.8 High Sensitivity GPS (HSGPS)


Whilecertainapplications,suchascallingemergencynumbersorLocationBasedServices,requireclearreception
inbuildingsorinurbancanyons,thereceptionperformanceofGNSSreceiversisbeingcontinuallyimproved.The
primaryfocusesoftheseeffortsare:

Increasedsignalsensitivity

Quickeracquisitionuponactivationofthereceiver(timetofirstfix,TTFF)

Reducedsensitivitytointerference(e.g.multipathinterference,orelectromagneticinterferenceEMC)
Variousstrategiesarebeingemployedbydifferentmanufacturersinordertoachieveimprovements.Themost
importantofthesearediscussedinthischapterincluding:

ImprovedOscillatorStability
Antennas
NoiseFigureconsiderations
Increasingthecorrelatorsandthecorrelationtime

7.8.1 Improved oscillator stability


The development and use of increasingly stable oscillators is an attempt to reduce or compensate for the
temperaturedependenceofquartzinordertodecreasesignalacquisitiontimeintherequiredfrequencyareas.
Thismostlyinvolvestheemploymentoftemperaturecompensatedcrystaloscillators(TCXO).
Additionally, studies have shown 85 that normal quartz oscillators can produce micro variations in frequency
(severalppb).Thecausesofthesefrequencychangesaregenerallystructuralimpurityofthequartzcrystal.On
thebasisofthesesuddenfrequencyshiftstheacquisitiontimeisincreasedbecausethesearchinthefrequencycodedomainduringthecorrelationprocessisdisrupted.Developingquartzoscillatorswithreducedtendencies
tomicrovariationscanreducethisdisturbance.

7.8.2 Antennas
Antennas can be made to be less sensitive to disturbances and to selectively receive GNSS frequencies. The
disadvantageofthisperformanceimprovementisanincreaseinsize.Thiscontradictsthegeneraltrendtowards
miniaturizationofmobilestations.

85

GPS-World,November2003:VittoriniundRobinson:OptimizingIndoorGPSPerformance,page40

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

ImprovedGPS:DGPS,SBAS,A-GPSandHSGPS
Page 127 of 174

GPS-Compendium

7.8.3 Noise figure considerations


TheNoiseFigure(NF)isameasurethatindicatestowhatextentthesignal-to-noiseratioofanincomingsignalis
decreasedbytheadditionalnoiseofthereceiver.Minimizingthenoiseandmaximizingtheamplificationatthe
firstamplificationstage(LNA)minimallyimprovesthereceiversensitivity.Asisthecasewitheveryreceiverthe
firststageamplificationdeterminesthenoisecharacteristicsfortheentirereceiver(seeEquation1).

NFTotal NF1

NF2 1 NF3 1
NFN 1

...

G1
G1 G2
G1 G2 ...GN 1

Equation 1: Calculation of noise figure

NF:NoiseFigureoftheStage
G:GainoftheStage
Noisefigureandgainarelinearfactorsandarenottobeusedinlogarithmic(dB)representation.

Equation2andthesimplifiedblockdiagraminFigure120showthecalculationofthetotalNoiseFigureforthe
LNAandthecombinedsubsequentstages(SS):

NFTotal NFLNA

NFSS

GLNA

Equation 2: Calculation of noise figure

Received
GPS-Signal

LNA

SS

NFLNA
GLNA

NFSS

OutputSignal
forfurther
processing

Figure 120: Block Diagram of input stages

Withtypicalnoisefiguresforthefirstandsubsequentamplificationstagesof1.6dBand20dBrespectively,only
marginalimprovementsarepossiblewithnewLNAdevelopments.Furtheradvancementinthisareaappearsto
beunlikely.

7.8.4 Correlators and correlation time


ThespectralpowerdensityofthereceivedGNSSsignalsisapprox.16dBbelowthepowerdensityofthethermal
background noise (seeFigure39). The demodulationand de-spreading ofthe received GNSS signals createsa
systemgainGGof43dB(seeFigure49).
Increasingthecorrelationtime(integrationtimeordwelltime)improvesthesensitivityofaGNSSmodule.The
longeracorrelatorremainsataspecificcode-frequencylevel,thelowertherequiredstrengthoftheGNSSsignal
at the antenna. If the correlation time is increased by a factor of k, then there will be an increase GR in the
separationtothethermalbackgroundnoiseof:
GR=log10(k)
Doubling the correlation time results in an increase of the signal-background noise separation of 3 dB. In
practiceanincreaseinthecorrelationtimeof20msisnotaproblem.Whenthevalueofthetransmitteddata
bitsisknownthistimecanbeadditionallyincreased.Otherwiseitispossiblethroughanon-coherentintegration
toincreasethecorrelationtimetoover1second,however,thisprocedureresultsinaone-timelossofseveral
dB.
GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

ImprovedGPS:DGPS,SBAS,A-GPSandHSGPS
Page 128 of 174

GPS-Compendium

Inordertoincreasetheacquisitionsensitivitythenumberofimplementedcorrelatorsissignificantlyincreased.
Modern GNSS receivers typically possess a sensitivityof approximately 160dBm. Given that the GPS operator
(USDepartmentofDefense)guaranteessignalstrengthof130dBm,GNSSreceiverscanthereforefunctionin
buildingsthatweakenthesignalbyupto30dB.

7.9 GNSS-repeater or re-radiation antenna


A GNSS-Repeater (also known as a Re-radiation Antenna or Transceiver) receives GNSS-Signals from visible
satellites through an externally situated antenna, amplifies the signals and transmits them to another location
(e.g.intoabuilding).TheyrequirenodirectconnectiontotheGNSSdevice.Thereceptionantennaisinstalled
outdoorsinalocationfavorableforreceivingsatellitesignals.TheGNSS-Repeater(Figure121)consistsof:

ExternalAntenna(ReceptionAntenna)
InternalAntenna(TransmissionAntenna)
Electricaladapter
Amplifier
Cable

Figure 121: GNSS Repeater (external antenna, electrical adapter and power cord, amplifier and internal antenna)

7.10 Pseudolites for indoor applications


APseudolite(shortformforpseudosatellite)isaground-basedtransmitter,whichfunctionslikeaGNSSsatellite.
Pseudolitesare oftenusedin aviationto supportaircraft landingapproaches.This procedure is not commonly
usedforindoorapplicationsbecausethenecessarycomponentsarerelativelyexpensive.

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

ImprovedGPS:DGPS,SBAS,A-GPSandHSGPS
Page 129 of 174

GPS-Compendium

8 Data formats and hardware interfaces

If you would like to . . .


o

knowwhatNMEAandRTCMmean

knowwhataproprietarydatasetis

knowwhatdatasetisavailableinthecaseofallGNSSreceivers

knowwhatanactiveantennais

knowwhetherGNSSreceivershaveasynchronizedtimingpulse

then this chapter is for you!

8.1 Introduction
GNSSreceiversrequiredifferentsignallinesinordertofunction(Figure122).Thevaluesofdifferentvariablesare
broadcast after position and time have been successfully calculated. To ensure that the different types of
appliances are portable, there are either international standards for data exchange (NMEA and RTCM), or the
manufacturerprovidesdefined(proprietary)formatsandprotocols.

Data interface
(NMEA-Format)

Antenna
Power supply

GNSS
receiver

Data interface
(Proprietary format)

DGPS signal
(RTCM SC-104)

Timing mark
(1PPS)

Figure 122: Block diagram of a GNSS receiver with interfaces

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

Dataformatsandhardwareinterfaces
Page 130 of 174

GPS-Compendium

8.2 Data interfaces


8.2.1 The NMEA-0183 data interface
InordertorelaycomputedGNSSvariablessuchasposition,velocity,courseetc.toaperipheral(e.g.computer,
screen,transceiver),GNSSmoduleshaveaserialinterface(TTLorRS-232level).Themostimportantelementsof
receiverinformationarebroadcastviathisinterfaceinaspecialdataformat.Thisformatisstandardizedbythe
NationalMarineElectronicsAssociation(NMEA)toensurethatdataexchangetakesplacewithoutanyproblems.
Nowadays,dataisrelayedaccordingtotheNMEA-0183specification.NMEAhasspecifieddatasetsforvarious
applications e.g. GNSS (Global Navigation Satellite System), GPS, Loran, Omega, Transit and also for various
manufacturers.ThefollowingsevendatasetsarewidelyusedwithGNSSmodulestorelayGNSSinformation 86 :
1. GGA(GPSFixData,fixeddatafortheGlobalPositioningSystem)
2. GGL(GeographicPositionLatitude/Longitude)
3. GSA(GPSDOPandActiveSatellites,degradationofaccuracyandthenumberofactivesatellitesinthe
GlobalSatelliteNavigationSystem)
4. GSV(GNSSSatellitesinView,satellitesinviewintheGlobalSatelliteNavigationSystem)
5. RMC(RecommendedMinimumSpecificGNSSData)
6. VTG(CourseoverGroundandGroundSpeed,horizontalcourseandhorizontalvelocity)
7. ZDA(Time&Date)

86

NMEA0183,StandardForInterfacingMarineElectronicsDevices,Version2.30

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

Dataformatsandhardwareinterfaces
Page 131 of 174

GPS-Compendium

8.2.1.1

Structure of the NMEA protocol

InthecaseofNMEA,therateatwhichdataistransmittedis4800Baudusingprintable8-bitASCIIcharacters.
Transmissionbeginswithastartbit(logicalzero),followedbyeightdatabitsandastopbit(logicalone)added
attheend.Noparitybitsareused.

1 ( ca. Vcc)

TTLLevel

Start
Bit

Stop
Bit
D0

D1

D2

D3

D4

D5

D6

D7

0 ( ca. 0V)
Data Bits

RS-232Level

0 ( U>0V)

Start
Bit

Stop
Bit
D0

D1

D2

D3

D4

D5

D6

D7

1 ( U<0V)
Data Bits

Figure 123: NMEA format (TTL and RS-232 level)

ThedifferentlevelsmustbetakenintoconsiderationdependingonwhethertheGNSSreceiverusedhasaTTLor
RS-232interface(Figure123):

InthecaseofaTTLlevelinterface,alogicalzerocorrespondstoapprox.0Vandalogicaloneroughlyto
theoperatingvoltageofthesystem(+3.3V...+5V)

InthecaseofanRS-232interfacealogicalzerocorrespondstoapositivevoltage(+3V...+15V)anda
logicaloneanegativevoltage(-3V...15V).

If a GNSS module with a TTL level interface is connected to an appliance with an RS-232 interface, a level
conversionmustbeeffected(see8.3.4).
MostGNSSreceiversallowthebaudratetobeincreased(upto115200bitspersecond).

EachGNSSdatasetisformattedinthesamewayandhasthefollowingstructure:
$GPDTS,Inf_1,Inf_2,Inf_3,Inf_4,Inf_5,Inf_6,Inf_n*CS<CR><LF>
Table19explainsthefunctionsofindividualcharactersandcharactergroups.

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

Dataformatsandhardwareinterfaces
Page 132 of 174

GPS-Compendium

Field
$
GP
DTS
Inf_1toInf_n
,
*
CS
<CR><LF>

Description
Startofthedataset
InformationoriginatingfromaGNSSappliance
Datasetidentifier(e.g.RMC)
Informationwithnumber1...n(e.g.175.4forcoursedata)
Commausedasaseparatorfordifferentitemsofinformation
Asteriskusedasaseparatorforthechecksum
Checksum(controlword)forcheckingtheentiredataset
Endofthedataset:carriagereturn(<CR>)andlinefeed,(<LF>)

Table 19: Description of the individual NMEA DATA SET blocks

Themaximumnumberofcharactersusedmustnotexceed79.Forthepurposesofdeterminingthisnumber,the
startsign$andendsigns<CR><LF>arenotcounted.
ThefollowingNMEAprotocolwasrecordedusingaGNSSreceiver(Table20):

$GPRMC,130303.0,A,4717.115,N,00833.912,E,000.03,043.4,200601,01.3,W*7D<CR><LF>
$GPZDA,130304.2,20,06,2001,,*56<CR><LF>
$GPGGA,130304.0,4717.115,N,00833.912,E,1,08,0.94,00499,M,047,M,,*59<CR><LF>
$GPGLL,4717.115,N,00833.912,E,130304.0,A*33<CR><LF>
$GPVTG,205.5,T,206.8,M,000.04,N,000.08,K*4C<CR><LF>
$GPGSA,A,3,13,20,11,29,01,25,07,04,,,,,1.63,0.94,1.33*04<CR><LF>
$GPGSV,2,1,8,13,15,208,36,20,80,358,39,11,52,139,43,29,13,044,36*42<CR><LF>
$GPGSV,2,2,8,01,52,187,43,25,25,074,39,07,37,286,40,04,09,306,33*44<CR><LF>
$GPRMC,130304.0,A,4717.115,N,00833.912,E,000.04,205.5,200601,01.3,W*7C<CR><LF>
$GPZDA,130305.2,20,06,2001,,*57<CR><LF>
$GPGGA,130305.0,4717.115,N,00833.912,E,1,08,0.94,00499,M,047,M,,*58<CR><LF>
$GPGLL,4717.115,N,00833.912,E,130305.0,A*32<CR><LF>
$GPVTG,014.2,T,015.4,M,000.03,N,000.05,K*4F<CR><LF>
$GPGSA,A,3,13,20,11,29,01,25,07,04,,,,,1.63,0.94,1.33*04<CR><LF>
$GPGSV,2,1,8,13,15,208,36,20,80,358,39,11,52,139,43,29,13,044,36*42<CR><LF>
$GPGSV,2,2,8,01,52,187,43,25,25,074,39,07,37,286,40,04,09,306,33*44<CR><LF>
Table 20: Recording of an NMEA protocol

8.2.1.2

GGA data set

TheGGAdataset(GPSFixData)containsinformationontime,longitudeandlatitude,thequalityofthesystem,
thenumberofsatellitesusedandtheheight.
AnexampleofaGGAdataset:
$GPGGA,130305.0,4717.115,N,00833.912,E,1,08,0.94,00499,M,047,M,,*58<CR><LF>
ThefunctionoftheindividualcharactersorcharactersetsisexplainedinTable21.

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

Dataformatsandhardwareinterfaces
Page 133 of 174

GPS-Compendium

Field
$
GP
GGA
130305.0
4717.115
N
00833.912
E
1
08
0.94
00499
M
047
M
,,
0000
*
58
<CR><LF>

Description
Startofthedataset
InformationoriginatingfromaGNSSappliance
Datasetidentifier
UTCpositionaltime:13h03min05.0sec
Latitude:4717.115min
Northerlylatitude(N=north,S=south)
Latitude:833.912min
Easterlylongitude(E=east,W=west)
GPSqualitydetails(0=noGPS,1=GPS,2=DGPS)
Numberofsatellitesusedinthecalculation
HorizontalDilutionofPrecision(HDOP)
Antennaheightdata(geoidheight)
Unitofheight(M=meter)
Heightdifferentialbetweenanellipsoidandgeoid
Unitofdifferentialheight(M=meter)
AgeoftheDGPSdata(inthiscasenoDGPSisused)
IdentificationoftheDGPSreferencestation
Separatorforthechecksum
Checksumforverifyingtheentiredataset
Endofthedataset

Table 21: Description of the individual GGA data set blocks

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

Dataformatsandhardwareinterfaces
Page 134 of 174

GPS-Compendium

8.2.1.3

GLL data set

TheGLLdataset(geographicpositionlatitude/longitude)containsinformationonlatitudeandlongitude,time
andhealth.
ExampleofaGLLdataset:
$GPGLL,4717.115,N,00833.912,E,130305.0,A*32<CR><LF>
ThefunctionoftheindividualcharactersorcharactersetsisexplainedinTable22.
Field
$
GP
GLL
4717.115
N
00833.912
E
130305.0
A
*
32
<CR><LF>

Description
Startofthedataset
InformationoriginatingfromaGNSSappliance
Datasetidentifier
Latitude:4717.115min
Northerlylatitude(N=north,S=south)
Longitude:833.912min
Easterlylongitude(E=east,W=west)
UTCpositionaltime:13h03min05.0sec
Datasetquality:Ameansvalid(V=invalid)
Separatorforthechecksum
Checksumforverifyingtheentiredataset
Endofthedataset

Table 22: Description of the individual GGL data set blocks

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

Dataformatsandhardwareinterfaces
Page 135 of 174

GPS-Compendium

8.2.1.4

GSA data set

TheGSAdataset(GNSSDOPandActiveSatellites)containsinformationonthemeasuringmode(2Dor3D),the
number of satellites used to determine the position and the accuracy of the measurements (DOP: Dilution of
Precision).
ExampleofaGSAdataset:
$GPGSA,A,3,13,20,11,29,01,25,07,04,,,,,1.63,0.94,1.33*04<CR><LF>
ThefunctionoftheindividualcharactersorsetsofcharactersisdescribedinTable23.
Field
$
GP
GSA
A
3
13
20
11
29
01
25
07
04
,,,,,
1.63
0.94
1.33
*
04
<CR><LF>

Description
Startofthedataset
InformationoriginatingfromaGNSSappliance
Datasetidentifier
Calculatingmode(A=automaticselectionbetween2D/3Dmode,M=manualselection
between2D/3Dmode)
Calculatingmode(1=none,2=2D,3=3D)
IDnumberofthesatellitesusedtocalculateposition
IDnumberofthesatellitesusedtocalculateposition
IDnumberofthesatellitesusedtocalculateposition
IDnumberofthesatellitesusedtocalculateposition
IDnumberofthesatellitesusedtocalculateposition
IDnumberofthesatellitesusedtocalculateposition
IDnumberofthesatellitesusedtocalculateposition
IDnumberofthesatellitesusedtocalculateposition
DummyforadditionalIDnumbers(currentlynotused)
PDOP(PositionDilutionofPrecision)
HDOP(HorizontalDilutionofPrecision)
VDOP(VerticalDilutionofPrecision)
Separatorforthechecksum
Checksumforverifyingtheentiredataset
Endofthedataset

Table 23: Description of the individual GSA data set blocks

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

Dataformatsandhardwareinterfaces
Page 136 of 174

GPS-Compendium

8.2.1.5

GSV data set

The GSV data set (GNSS Satellites in View) contains information on the number of satellites in view, their
identification,theirelevationandazimuth,andthesignal-to-noiseratio.
AnexampleofaGSVdataset:
$GPGSV,2,2,8,01,52,187,43,25,25,074,39,07,37,286,40,04,09,306,33*44<CR><LF>
ThefunctionoftheindividualcharactersorcharactersetsisexplainedinTable24.
Field
$
GP
GSV
2
2
09
01
52
187
43
25
25
074
39
07
37
286
40
04
09
306
33
*
44
<CR><LF>

Description
Startofthedataset
InformationoriginatingfromaGNSSappliance
Datasetidentifier
TotalnumberofGVSdatasetstransmitted(upto1...9)
CurrentnumberofthisGVSdataset(1...9)
Totalnumberofsatellitesinview
Identificationnumberofthefirstsatellite
Elevation(0....90)
Azimuth(0...360)
Signal-to-noiseratioindb-Hz(1...99,nullwhennottracking)
Identificationnumberofthesecondsatellite
Elevation(0....90)
Azimuth(0...360)
Signal-to-noiseratioindB-Hz(1...99,nullwhennottracking)
Identificationnumberofthethirdsatellite
Elevation(0....90)
Azimuth(0...360)
Signal-to-noiseratioindb-Hz(1...99,nullwhennottracking)
Identificationnumberofthefourthsatellite
Elevation(0....90)
Azimuth(0...360)
Signal-to-noiseratioindb-Hz(1...99,nullwhennottracking)
Separatorforthechecksum
Checksumforverifyingtheentiredataset
Endofthedataset

Table 24: Description of the individual GSV data set blocks

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

Dataformatsandhardwareinterfaces
Page 137 of 174

GPS-Compendium

8.2.1.6

RMC data set

The RMC data set (Recommended Minimum Specific GNSS) contains information on time, latitude, longitude,
systemstatus,speed,courseanddate.AllGNSSreceiversrelaythisdataset.
AnexampleofanRMCdataset:
$GPRMC,130304.0,A,4717.115,N,00833.912,E,000.04,205.5,200601,01.3,W*7C<CR><LF>
ThefunctionoftheindividualcharactersorcharactersetsisexplainedinTable25.
Field
$
GP
RMC
130304.0
A
4717.115
N
00833.912
E
000.04
205.5
200601
01.3
W
*
7C
<CR><LF>

Description
Startofthedataset
InformationoriginatingfromaGNSSappliance
Datasetidentifier
Timeofreception(worldtimeUTC):13h03min04.0sec
Datasetquality:Asignifiesvalid(V=invalid)
Latitude:4717.115min
Northerlylatitude(N=north,S=south)
Longitude:833.912min
Easterlylongitude(E=east,W=west)
Speed:0.04knots
Course:205.5
Date:20thJune2001
Adjusteddeclination:1.3
Westerlydirectionofdeclination(E=east)
Separatorforthechecksum
Checksumforverifyingtheentiredataset
Endofthedataset

Table 25: Description of the individual RMC data set blocks

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

Dataformatsandhardwareinterfaces
Page 138 of 174

GPS-Compendium

8.2.1.7

VTG data set

TheVGTdataset(CourseoverGroundandGroundSpeed)containsinformationoncourseandspeed.
AnexampleofaVTGdataset:
$GPVTG,014.2,T,015.4,M,000.03,N,000.05,K*4F<CR><LF>
ThefunctionoftheindividualcharactersorcharactersetsisexplainedinTable26.
Field
$
GP
VTG
014.2
T
015.4
M
000.03
N
000.05
K
*
4F
<CR><LF>

Description
Startofthedataset
InformationoriginatingfromaGNSSappliance
Datasetidentifier
Course14.2(T)withregardtothehorizontalplane
Angularcoursedatarelativetothemap
Course15.4(M)withregardtothehorizontalplane
Angularcoursedatarelativetomagneticnorth
Horizontalspeed(N)
Speedinknots
Horizontalspeed(Km/h)
Speedinkm/h
Separatorforthechecksum
Checksumforverifyingtheentiredataset
Endofthedataset

Table 26: Description of the individual VTG data set blocks

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

Dataformatsandhardwareinterfaces
Page 139 of 174

GPS-Compendium

8.2.1.8

ZDA data set

TheZDAdataset(timeanddate)containsinformationonUTCtime,thedateandlocaltime.
AnexampleofaZDAdataset:

$GPZDA,130305.2,20,06,2001,,*57<CR><LF>
ThefunctionoftheindividualcharactersorcharactersetsisexplainedinTable27.
Field
$
GP
ZDA

130305.2

Description
Startofthedataset
InformationoriginatingfromaGNSSappliance
Datasetidentifier
UTCtime:13h03min05.2sec

20
06
2001

*
57
<CR><LF>

Day(0031)
Month(112)
Year
Reservedfordataonlocaltime(h),notspecifiedhere
Reservedfordataonlocaltime(min),notspecifiedhere
Separatorforthechecksum
Checksumforverifyingtheentiredataset
Endofthedataset

Table 27: Description of the individual ZDA data set blocks

8.2.1.9

Calculating the checksum

Thechecksumisdeterminedbyanexclusive-oroperationinvolvingall8databits(excludingstartandstopbits)
fromalltransmittedcharacters,includingseparators.Theexclusive-oroperationcommencesafterthestartofthe
dataset($sign)andendsbeforethechecksumseparator(asterisk:*).
The 8-bit result is divided into 2 sets of 4 bits (nibbles) and each nibble is converted into the appropriate
hexadecimalvalue(0...9,A...F).ThechecksumconsistsofthetwohexadecimalvaluesconvertedintoASCII
characters.
Theprincipleofchecksumcalculationcanbeexplainedwiththehelpofabriefexample:
ThefollowingNMEAdatasethasbeenreceivedandthechecksum(CS)mustbeverifiedforitscorrectness.
$GPRTE,1,1,c,0*07

(07 isthechecksum)

Procedure:
1. Onlythecharactersbetween$and*areincludedintheanalysis:GPRTE,1,1,c,0
2. These13ASCIIcharactersareconvertedinto8bitvalues(seeTable28)
3. Eachindividualbitofthe13ASCIIcharactersislinkedtoanexclusive-oroperation(i.e.,ifthenumberof
onesisuneven,theexclusive-orvalueisone)
4. Theresultisdividedintotwonibbles
5. Thehexadecimalvalueofeachnibbleisdetermined
6. BothhexadecimalcharactersaretransmittedasASCIIcharacterstoformthechecksum

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

Dataformatsandhardwareinterfaces
Page 140 of 174

GPS-Compendium

Character
G
P
R
T
E
,
1
,
1
,
C
,
0
Exclusive-orvalue
Nibble
Hexadecimalvalue
ASCIICScharacters
(meetsrequirements!)

ASCII(8bitvalue)
0 1 0 0
0 1 0 1
0 1 0 1
0 1 0 1
0 1 0 0
0 0 1 0
0 0 1 1
0 0 1 0
0 0 1 1
0 0 1 0
0 1 1 0
0 0 1 0
0 0 1 1
0 0 0 0
0000
0
0

0 1
0 0
0 0
0 1
0 1
1 1
0 0
1 1
0 0
1 1
0 0
1 1
0 0
0 1
0111
7
7

1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
1

1
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
1

Directionto
proceed

Table 28: Determining the checksum in the case of NMEA data sets

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

Dataformatsandhardwareinterfaces
Page 141 of 174

GPS-Compendium

8.2.2 Conversion from NMEA to KML


8.2.2.1

Introduction to Google Earth and KML

Navigationdata(e.g.atrack),availableinNMEAdataformat,canbedisplayedwithGoogleEarth 87 (Figure124).

Figure 124: Google Earth with Detail

ForthistheNMEAfilemustfirstbeconvertedintotheGoogleEarthaccessibleKML(KeyholeMarkupLanguage)
format. KML is an XML syntax and file format for modeling and storing geographic elements such as points,
lines,pictures,polygonsandmodelsfordisplayinGoogleEarthandGoogleMaps 88 .GoogleEarthandGoogle
MapsprocessKMLfilesinasimilarwaytoHTMLandXMLfiles.LikeHTML,KMLpossessesatag-basedstructure
withnamesandattributesforspecialgraphicaldisplay.GoogleEarthalsosupportstheKMZformat,whichisa
ZIP-compressedKMLfile.SinceKMZfilesarecompressedtheycannotbedirectlyedited.InordertoalteraKMZ
file, it must first be unzipped (decompressed). The file can then be changed with an XML or text editor and
finally re-compressed. Further information about KML and KMZ formats can be found in the KML
documentationfromGoogleEarth 89 .
8.2.2.2

Principle of converting NMEA to KML

Inordertoillustratetheprinciple,atrack(travelledpathsavedinanNMEAfile)willbeconvertedintoaKMLfile
tokeeptheexamplesimple,thetrackisreducedtothreemeasuredpoints.

For conversion into KML format, the NMEA GGA (fix information) data record is sufficient. Unlike the RMC
format,thisalsoincludesinformationaboutheight.ThefollowingtrackhasbeenstoredasanNMEAfileand
reducedtoGGArecordstobedisplayedusingGoogleEarth.

87

http://earth.google.com/,http://earth.google.de/,etc.
http://maps.google.com/
http://code.google.com/apis/kml/documentation/mapsSupport.html

88
89

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

Dataformatsandhardwareinterfaces
Page 142 of 174

GPS-Compendium

Theselectedtrack,asseenusingtheu-centerevaluationtools(Figure125):

Track

Figure 125: Track, consisting of 3 measurements, displayed by u-center

LatitudeandlongitudemustbeconvertedintoWGS-84(Decimalformat).
Exampleforthefirstdatarecord:TheLatitudevalue4650.9180NisexpressedintheGGAformatfordescribing
4650.9180.Thismustbeconvertedintodecimalformat.
4650.9180=(46+50.9180/60)=46.848633
Thelongitudevalue00931.8641Estandsfor931.8641andalsomustbeconvertedtodecimalformat.
00931.8641=(9+31.8641/60)=9.5310683
TheheightvaluecanbedirectlytakenfromtheGGArecord:614.7m

Figure126showshowlatitudinalandlongitudinalvaluesaredepicted.
Longitudevaluesfrom0to180Eandlatitudesfrom0to90Narepositive.
Longitudesfrom0to180Wandlatitudesfrom0to90Sreceiveanegativevalue.

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

Dataformatsandhardwareinterfaces
Page 143 of 174

GPS-Compendium

Figure 126: Depiction of latitude and longitude values

TheconvertedvaluescannowbeenteredintheKML-file(3_point_Chur.kml)asseeninFigure127.

Figure 127: KML File (3_point_Chur.kml) of the track

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

Dataformatsandhardwareinterfaces
Page 144 of 174

GPS-Compendium

After starting Google Earth, selecting the newly created file 3_point_Chur.kml displays the following image
(Figure128):

Track

Figure 128: KML file, displayed with Google Earth

Theu-centerGPSevaluationsoftwarefromu-bloxincludesanintegratedconversiontoolthatenablesautomatic
conversionofNMEAfilesintoKMLorKMZformat.Avarietyofadditionalonlineandofflinetoolsareavailable
ontheInternet 90 ,91 , 92 ,93 .

8.2.3 The DGPS correction data (RTCM SC-104)


The RTCM SC-104 standard is used to transmit correction values. RTCM SC-104 stands for Radio Technical
CommissionforMaritimeServicesSpecialCommittee104andiscurrentlyrecognizedaroundtheworldasthe
industrystandard 94 .TherearefiveversionsoftheRTCMRecommendedStandardsforDifferentialNAVSTARGPS
Service 95 .

RTCM Recommended Standards for Differential Navstar GPS Service, Version 2.0 (Code Correction for
DGPS)

RTCMRecommendedStandardsforDifferentialNavstarGPSService, Version 2.1 (SupplementaltoVersion


2.0:codeandphasecorrectionforrealtimenavigation,RealTimeKinematikRTK)

RTCMRecommendedStandardsforDifferentialGNSS(GlobalNavigationSatelliteSystems)Service, Version
2.2 (SupplementaltoVersion2.1:correctionsignalsforGlonass)

90

http://www.swisstopo.ch/en/online/calculation/kml/index
http://www.gpsvisualizer.com/map?form=googleearth
92
http://www.gpsbabel.org/
93
http://www.gpsies.com/upload.do?uploadMode=convert
91

94

http://www.navcen.uscg.gov/pubs/dgps/rctm104/Default.htm

95

https://ssl29.pair.com/dmarkle/puborder.php?show=3

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

Dataformatsandhardwareinterfaces
Page 145 of 174

GPS-Compendium

RTCM10402.3RTCMRecommendedStandardsforDifferentialGNSS(GlobalNavigationSatelliteSystems)
Service,Version 2.3 (SupplementaltoVersion2.2:informationaboutreferenceantennas)

RTCM10403.1,DifferentialGNSS(GlobalNavigationSatelliteSystems)Services,Version 3(Supplementalto
Version 2.3: suitable for network RTK and additional navigation systems.).The Version 3 format is not
compatiblewithVersion2.x.

Allversionsrepresentafurtherdevelopmentofthepreviousandareprimarilydistinguishedfromoneanotheron
thebasisofadditionalinformationprovided.EachoftheVersion2.xreleasesaredividedinto63messagetypes,
numbers1,2,3and9beingusedprimarilyforcorrectionsbasedoncodemeasurements.
8.2.3.1

The RTCM message header (Version 2.3)

Eachmessagetypeisdividedintowordsof30bits,andalwaysbeginswithauniformheaderconsistingoftwo
words(Word1andWord2).Fromtheinformationcontainedintheheaderitisapparentwhichmessagetype
follows 96 andwhichreferencestationhasdeterminedthecorrectiondata(Figure129).

30

1
Preamble

Message
type

8bit

6bit

StationID

Parity

10bit

Word 1

6bit
30

1
Lengthof Station
frame
health

Sequence
number

ModifiedZ-Count
13bit

3bit

5bit

3bit

Parity

Word 2

6bit

Figure 129: Construction of the RTCM message header

Contents
Preamble
Messagetype:
StationID
Parity
ModifiedZ-Count

Name
Preamble
Messagetype
ReferencestationIDNo.
Errorcorrectioncode
ModifiedZ-count

Sequencenumber.
LengthofFrame
Stationhealth

FramesequenceNo.
Framelength
Referencestationhealth

Description
Preamble
Messagetypeidentifier
Referencestationidentification
Parity
ModifiedZ-Count,incremental
timecounter
Sequentialnumber
Lengthofframe
Technicalstatusofthereference
station

Table 29: Contents of the RTCM message header

96

GlobalPositioningSystem:TheoryandApplications,VolumeII,BradfordW.Parkinson,page31

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

Dataformatsandhardwareinterfaces
Page 146 of 174

GPS-Compendium

Thespecificdatacontentforthemessagetype(WORD3...WORDn)alwaysfollowstheheader.

Word 1

Word 2

Word 3

Word 4

Word n

Header:230bit=60bit
n30bit

Figure 130: Total frames with RTCM SC-104 (Version 2.x)

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

Dataformatsandhardwareinterfaces
Page 147 of 174

GPS-Compendium

8.2.3.2

RTCM message type 1 (Version 2.3)

Message type 1 transmits pseudorange correction data (PSR correction data, range correction) for all GPS
satellites visible to the reference station, based on the most up-to-date orbital data (ephemeris). Type 1
additionallycontainstherate-of-changecorrectionvalue(Figure131,extractfrom 97 ,onlyWORD3toWORD6
areshown).

30

1
SF UDRE

Satellite
ID

1 2bit

5bit

Pseudorangecorrection

Word 3

Parity

16bit

6bit
30

1
Range-Rate
correction

Issue
ofdata

8bit

8bit

SF UDRE

Satellite
ID

1 2bit

5bit

Word 4

Parity
6bit
30

1
Range-Rate
correction

Pseudorangecorrection
16bit

8bit

Word 5

Parity
6bit
30

1
Issue
ofdata

SF UDRE

Satellite
ID

8bit

1 2bit

5bit

Pseudorange
correction
(upperByte)

8bit

Parity

Word 6

6bit

Figure 131: Construction of RTCM message type 1

97

UserManual:SonyGXB100016-channelGPSreceivermodule

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

Dataformatsandhardwareinterfaces
Page 148 of 174

GPS-Compendium

Inhalt
SF(ScaleFactor)
UDRE

Name
Pseudorangecorrectionvaluescalefactor
Userdifferentialrangeerrorindex

SatelliteID
Pseudorange
correction
Range-Rate
Correction
Issueofdata
Parity

SatelliteIDNo.
Pseudorangecorrectionvalue
Pseudorangerate-of-changecorrectionvalue
DataissueNo.
Errorcorrectioncode

Description
PSRscalefactor
Userdifferentialrangeerror
index
Satelliteidentification
Effectiverangecorrection

Rate-of-changeofthe
correctiondata
Issueofdata
Checkbits

Table 30: Contents of RTCM message type 1

8.2.3.3

RTCM message type 2 to 9 (Version 2.3)

Messagetypes2to9aredistinguishedprimarilybytheirdatacontent:

Message type 2 transmits delta PSR correction data, based on previous orbital data. This information is
requiredwhenevertheGPSuserhasbeenunabletoupdatehissatelliteorbitalinformation.Inmessagetype
2,thedifferencebetweencorrectionvaluesbasedonthepreviousandupdatedephemerisistransmitted.

Message type 3 transmitsthethreedimensionalcoordinatesofthereferencestation.

Message type 9relaysthesameinformationasmessagetype1,butonlyforalimitednumberofsatellites


(max.3).Dataisonlytransmittedfromthosesatelliteswhosecorrectionvalueschangerapidly.

For a noticeable improvement in accuracy using DGPS, the correction data relayed should not be older than
approx.10to60seconds(differentvaluesaresupplieddependingontheserviceoperator,theexactvaluealso
depends on the accuracy required, see also 98 ). Accuracy decreases as the distance between the reference and
user station increases. Trial measurements using the correction signals broadcast by the LW transmitter in
Mainflingen,Germany,(seeSection7.4.2)producedanerrorrateof0.51.5mwithinaradiusof250km,and
13mwithinaradiusof600km 99 .
Table31providesacompilationofthemessagetypesforRTCMSC-104(Version2.3).

98

swipos,PositionierungsdiensteaufderBasisvonDGPS,page6,BundesamtfrLandestopographie

99

http://www.potsdam.ifag.de/potsdam/dgps/dgps_2.html

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

Dataformatsandhardwareinterfaces
Page 149 of 174

GPS-Compendium

RTCM Message Type


1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25,26
27
2830
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38..58
59
60..63

Description
DifferentialGPScorrections
DeltaDifferentialGPScorrections
GPSreferencestationparameters
ReferencestationDatum
GPSconstellationhealth
GPSnullframe
DGPSbeaconalmanac
Pseudolitealmanac
GPSpartialcorrectionset
P-Code-differentialcorrections
C/A-Code,L1,L2deltacorrections
Pseudolitestationparameter
Groundtransmitterparameter
GPStimeofweek
Ionosphericdelaymessage
GPSspecialmessage
GPSephemerides
RTKuncorrectedcarrierphases
RTKuncorrectedpseudorange
RTKcarrierphasecorrections
RTKpseudorangecorrectionsforhighaccuracy
Extendedreferencestationparameters
Antennatypedefinition
ReferenceStation:antennareferencepoint(ARP)
Undefined
ExtendedDGPSradiobeaconalmanac
Undefined
DifferentialGLONASScorrections
DifferentialGLONASSreferencestation
GLONASSconstellationhealth
GLONASSpartialdifferentialcorrectionset
GLONASSradiobeaconalmanac
GLONASSspecialmessage
GNSSSystemTimeOffset
Undefined
Proprietarymessages
Multipurposemessages

Table 31: RTCM SC-104 Version 2.3 message types

8.2.4 Proprietary data interfaces


The majority of manufacturers offer proprietary data interfaces for their GNSS receivers. In comparison to the
NMEAstandard,proprietarydatainterfaceshavethefollowingadvantages:

Emissionofanaugmenteddatascope;e.g.,informationwhichisnotsupportedbytheNMEAProtocol.

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

Dataformatsandhardwareinterfaces
Page 150 of 174

GPS-Compendium

Higherdatadensity:mostproprietaryprotocolsusebinarydataformatswithwhichnumericalandBoolean
information can be transmitted in a more consolidated way. Data intensive notifications e.g. satellite
ephemeris, can be contained in a notification. With higher data density, a higher emission interval witha
constantdatatransmissionspeedcanbecarriedout.

ExtensiveconfigurationpossibilitiesfortheGNSSreceiver.

Optimal linking to manufacturer-specific evaluation and visualization tools enables precise analysis of the
receptionbehavior.

Possibility of downloads from the current versions of the manufacturer-specific GNSS firmware. This
functionisonlysupportedinGNSSreceiverswiththesuitableFlashmemory.

From the GNSS manufacturers point of view, an improved distribution of GNSS information to different
datasetswiththeobjectiveofavoidingredundancyandthetransmissionofdatawhicharenotrequiredfor
theapplication.

Verygoodintegritysecurityprovidedbychecksums.

Minimum work for the host computer in reading and accepting the received data. The conversion of
numericaldataintoASCIIformatinaninternalbinaryformatisnotrequired.

Threedifferenttypesofproprietarydatainterfacesaretypicallyused:

AdditionalNMEAdatasets:theinformationiscodedintousualNMEAdataformat(textbased,separationof
the data with commas etc.). However, immediately after the initial symbol (Dollar sign) a manufacturerspecificaddressdatafollows.ManyGNSSmanufacturersusetheadditionalnotificationstoconveyfurther
frequently used information. The NMEA format is, however, not suitable for efficiently sending large
amountsofinformationduetoinadequatedatadensityandtheintensiveconversionofbinarydataintotext
format.

Binaryformat(e.g.u-bloxUBX).

Textbasedformat.

8.2.4.1

Example: UBX protocol for u-blox GNSS receivers

Apart from NMEA and RTCM, u-blox GNSS receivers by u-blox support the binary UBX protocol. As with the
NMEAformat,aframeworkformatisgivenasfollows:

Symbol

SYNC
CHAR1,2

CLASS

ID

LENGTH

PAYLOAD

CHECKSUM

Explanation

Synchronization
character

Message
class

Message
identification

Length of the
datablock

Structureddata
content

Checksum

Length(Bytes)

LENGTH

Checksumcoveragearea

Figure 132: Structure of the UBX data sets

Eachdatasetbeginswithtwoconstantsynchronizationcharacters(Hexadecimalvalues:alwaysB5,62).These
charactersareusedforrecognizingthestartofanewdataset.Thefollowingtwofields,CLASSandID,identify
thedatasettype.Thistwo-tieridentificationallowsacleanstructuringofthedifferentdatasetsaccordingto
classes. The overview is obtained also after adding new data sets. Symbolic concepts, which are easy to
understand such as NAV-POSLLH (CLASS 01, ID 02), are used for the documentation. Following this, the
length information and the actual data content are given. u-blox stipulates specific data types for the data

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

Dataformatsandhardwareinterfaces
Page 151 of 174

GPS-Compendium

content.Finally,eachdatasetendswitha2-bytechecksum.Adatasetisonlyvalidifthecorrectsynchronization
charactersareavailableandthecalculatedandpredeterminedchecksumcoincide.
Message class
NAV(01)

Description
Navigationinformation

RXM(02)

ReceiverManagement:
AmplifiedGNSSreceptiondata
Configurationnotifications
(Configureandrequest)
Receptionconfirmationofthe
configurationnotifications
OperationalstatusoftheGNSSreceiver

CFG(06)
ACK(05)
MON(0A)

AID(0B)
INF(04)
TIM(0D)
UPD(09)
USR(4*)

Content (Extract)
Position,speed,time,DGPSandSBAS
information
GNSSrawdata,e.g.pseudo-ranges,
ephemeris,yearbook,satellitestatus
Serialinterfaces,emissioninterval,receptionand
navigationparameters,energysavingmethods
Acceptedorrejected

CPUcapacityutilization,conditionofthe
operatingsystem,useofsystemresources,
antennamonitoring
Feedingofauxiliaryinformationto
Ephemeris,yearbook,coldstart,lastposition,
acceleratethestartup.
time,satellitestatus
Issuingoftextbasedinformationnotifications
Configurationtimepulseandtimemeasurementofinputsignals
Downloadofnewsoftware
Userspecificnotifications

Table 32: Message classes (Hexadecimal values in brackets)

With the aid of customer specific software additional data sets can be integrated to existing protocols or
additionaluser-specificprotocols.Furthermore,u-bloxreceiverssupportseveralprotocolsonthesameinterface,
e.g.nestedNMEAandUBXdatasetsinbothdirectionssothattheadvantagesofseveralprotocolscanbemade
useof.

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

Dataformatsandhardwareinterfaces
Page 152 of 174

GPS-Compendium

8.3 Hardware interfaces


8.3.1 Antennas
GNSSsatellitestransmitsignalsthatarebaseduponpolarizedwaves.Withthetermpolarizationtheoscillation
directionofafieldisdescribed.Iftheelectricfieldvector(andthemagneticone)turnsinaclockwisemanneras
itpropagates,thewaveiscalledright-handcircularpolarized(RHCP).Withcircularpolarizationnoadjustmentof
theantennaisnecessary.GNSSsignalsareright-handcircularpolarized(RHCP).Thisrequiresadifferenttypeof
antennathanthewell-knownwhipantennastypicallyusedforlinearpolarizedsignals.
GNSSreceiversoperatewitheitherpassiveoractiveantennas.Anactiveantennacontainsabuilt-inLNA(Low
NoiseAmplifier)preamplifier.TheGNSSreceiverprovidespowertotheactiveantennaovertheRFsignalline.For
mobilenavigationpurposesacombinedantenna(e.g.GSM/FMandGNSS)isused.
ThemostcommontypesofGNSSantennaavailableonthemarketare:

Patchantennas
Helixantennas
Chipantennas

Patchantennasareflat,consistofaceramicandmetalizedbodyandareplaceduponametallicgroundplane.
In order to achieve enough selectivity, the relationship between ground plane and patch area must be
appropriately matched. Patch antennas are often combined with a Low Noise Amplifier (LNA) and cast in a
housing(Figure133leftshowsapassivepatchantennaandrightapatchantennacombinedwithanLNAina
plastichousing 100 ).Patchantennasareespeciallysuitableforapplicationsinwhichaflatassemblyisrequired.

Figure 133: Passive open (left) and active enclosed Patch antennas

Helix antennas (also helical antennas) are cylinder shaped (Figure 134 101 ) and have a spiral wire rolled up or
etchedontotheceramicbody.Theyhaveamorepronounceddirectivitythanpatchantennas.

100

http://www.u-blox.com/

101

http://www.sarantel.com/

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

Dataformatsandhardwareinterfaces
Page 153 of 174

GPS-Compendium

Figure 134: Passive (left) and active helix antenna

Chip antennas are especially small and can be built directly into a board (Figure 135 102 ). Generally, the RF
characteristicsofchipantennasarenotaswellsuitedforGNSSaspatchorhelixantennas.Theytargetprimarily
low-costandmassmarketapplications.

Figure 135: Chip antenna

For more information about GPS antennas see the GPS Antennas Application Note, available on the u-blox
website.

8.3.2 Supply
GNSSmodulesmustbepoweredfromanexternalvoltagesourceof3.3Vto6Volts.Ineachcase,thecurrent
consumptionisverydifferent.

102

http://www.rainsun.com/

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

Dataformatsandhardwareinterfaces
Page 154 of 174

GPS-Compendium

8.3.3 Time pulse: 1PPS and time systems


Most GNSS receivers generate a time pulse every second, referred to as 1 PPS (1 pulse per second), which is
synchronizedtoUTC.ThissignalusuallyhasaTTLlevel(Figure136).

ca. 200ms

1s40ns

Figure 136: 1PPS signal

Thetimepulsecanbeusedtosynchronizecommunicationnetworks(PrecisionTiming).

8.3.4 Converting the TTL level to RS-232


8.3.4.1

Basics of serial communication

ThepurposeoftheRS-232interfaceismainly

tolinkcomputerstoeachother(mostlybidirectional)

tocontrolserialprinters

toconnectPCstoexternalequipment,suchasGSMmodems,GNSSreceivers,etc.

The serial ports in PCs are designed for asynchronous transfer. Persons engaged in transmitting and receiving
operationsmustadheretoacompatibletransferprotocol,i.e.,anagreementonhowdataistobetransferred.
Bothpartnersmustworkwiththesameinterfaceconfiguration,andthiswillaffecttherateoftransfermeasured
inbaud.Thebaudrateisthenumberofbitspersecondtobetransferred.Typicalbaudratesare4800,9600,
19200, 38400, 57600and 115200baud, i.e. bits per second.These parameters are laiddown inthe transfer
protocol. In addition, agreement must be reached by both sides on what checks should be implemented
regardingthereadytotransmitandreceivestatus.
During transmission, 7 to 8 data bits are condensed into a data word in order to relay the ASCII codes. The
lengthofadatawordislaiddowninthetransferprotocol.
Astartbitidentifiesthebeginningofadataword,andattheendofeveryword1or2stopbitsareappended.
Acheckcanbecarriedoutusingaparitybit.Inthecaseofevenparity,theparitybitisselectedinsuchaway
thatthetotalnumberoftransferreddataword1bitsiseven(inthecaseofunevenparitythereisanuneven
number).Checkingparityisimportant,becauseinterferenceinthelinkcancausetransmissionerrors.Evenifone
bitofadatawordisaltered,theerrorcanbeidentifiedusingtheparitybit.
8.3.4.2

Determining the level and its logical allocation

DataistransmittedininvertedlogicontheTxDandRxDlines.TstandsfortransmitterandRforreceiver.
Inaccordancewithstandards,thelevelsare:

Logical0=positivevoltage,transmitmode:+5..+15V,receivemode:+3..+15V

Logical1=negativevoltage,transmitmode:-5..-15V,receivemode-3..-15V

The difference between the minimum permissible voltage during transmission and reception means that line
interferencedoesnotaffectthefunctionoftheinterface,providedthenoiseamplitudeisbelow2V.

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

Dataformatsandhardwareinterfaces
Page 155 of 174

GPS-Compendium

Converting the TTL level of the interface controller (UART, universal asynchronous receiver/ transmitter) to the
required RS-232 level and vice versa is carried out by a level converter (e.g. MAX3221 and many others). The
followingfigure(Figure137)illustratesthedifferencebetweenTTLandRS-232levels.Levelinversioncanclearly
beseen.

1: ( ca. Vcc)

TTLLevel

Start
Bit

Stop
Bit
D0

D1

D2

D3

D4

D5

D6

D7

0: ( ca. 0V)
Data-Bits

RS-232Level

0: ( U>0V)

Start
Bit

Stop
Bit
D0

D1

D2

D3

D4

D5

D6

D7

1: ( U<0V)
Data-Bits

Figure 137: Difference between TTL and RS-232 levels

8.3.4.3

Converting the TTL level to RS-232

ManyGNSSreceiversandGNSSmodulesonlymakeserialNMEAandproprietarydataavailableusingTTLlevels
(approx.0Vorapprox.Vcc=+3.3Vor+5V).ItisnotalwayspossibletoevaluatethisdatadirectlythroughaPC,
asaPCinputrequiresRS-232levelvalues.
Asacircuitisneededtocarryoutthenecessaryleveladjustment,theindustryhasdevelopedintegratedcircuits
specificallydesignedtodealwithconversionbetweenthetwolevelranges,toundertakesignalinversion,andto
accommodate the necessary equipment to generate negative supply voltage (by means of built-in charge
pumps).
Acompletebidirectionallevelconverterthatusesa"MaximMAX3221" 103 isillustratedonthefollowingcircuit
diagram(Figure138).Thecircuithasanoperationalvoltageof3V...5Vandisprotectedagainstvoltagepeaks
(ESD)of15kV.ThefunctionoftheC1...C4capacitorsistoincreaseorinvertthevoltage.

103

http://www.maxim-ic.com

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

Dataformatsandhardwareinterfaces
Page 156 of 174

GPS-Compendium

TTL-
Level

RS-232
Level

Figure 138: Block diagram pin assignment of the MAX32121 level converter

Thefollowingtestcircuit(Figure139)clearlyillustratesthewayinwhichthemodulesfunction.Inthecaseofthis
configuration,aTTLsignal(0V...3.3V)isappliedtolineT_IN.Theinversionandvoltageincreaseto5Vcanbe
seenonlinesT_OUTandR_INoftheRS-232output.

TTL-
Level

RS-232
Level

Figure 139: Functional test on the MAX3221 level converter

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

Dataformatsandhardwareinterfaces
Page 157 of 174

GPS-Compendium

9 GNSS RECEIVERS

If you would like to . . .


o

knowhowaGNSSreceiverisconstructed

understandwhyseveralstagesarenecessarytoreconstructGNSSsignals

knowhowanRFstagefunctions

knowhowthesignalprocessorfunctions

understandhowbothstagesinteract

knowhowareceivermodulefunctions

then this chapter is for you!

9.1 Basics of GNSS handheld receivers


AGNSSreceivercanbedividedintothefollowingmainstages(Figure140).
Ante nna
15 75 .4 2M Hz

LN A1
RF filter

IF filter

Signal Processor
RF Stage

n
.

LN A

M ixe r

AG C

Digita l IF

ADC

.
3

Lo cal
O scillator

Co ntrol

T im in g

Da ta

Co ntrol

Co rrelator 2
1

AG C
Con trol

R efe ren ce
O scillator

Spre ad
sig na l
pro cesso r
(SSP)

Interface

Sync hron isatio n

C/A-Code
generator

T im e b ase
(RT C )

Crysta l

Crysta l

Display
La t.:

Controller

1214 '15 ''

Lo ng .: 0732 '28 ''

Pow er Supply

Altitu de : 6 55 ,00 m

Micro
controller

M em ory
(RAM /R OM )

Keyboard

DG PS
(RT C M )

1
5
9
-

2
6
0

3
7
.
* #

4
8
+
=

Figure 140: Simplified block diagram of a GNSS receiver

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

GNSSRECEIVERS

Page 158 of 174

GPS-Compendium

Antenna: The antenna receives extremely weak satellite signals on a frequency of 1572.42MHz. Signal
outputisaround163dBW.Some(passive)antennashavea3dBgain.

LNA 1:Thislow-noiseamplifier(LNA)amplifiesthesignalbyapprox.15...20dB.

RF filter: The GNSS signal bandwidth is approx. 2MHz. The RF filter reduces the affects of signal
interference.TheRFstageandsignalprocessoractuallyrepresentthespecialcircuitsinaGNSSreceiverand
areadjustedtoeachother.

RF stage:TheamplifiedGNSSsignalismixedwiththefrequencyofthelocaloscillator.ThefilteredIFsignal
ismaintainedataconstantlevelinrespectofitsamplitudeanddigitalizedviaAmplitudeGainControl(AGC)

IF filter: The intermediate frequency is filtered out using a bandwidth of several MHz. The image
frequenciesarisingatthemixingstagearereducedtoapermissiblelevel.

Signal processor: Up to 16 different satellite signals can be correlated and decoded at the same time.
Correlation takesplace byconstant comparisonwiththe C/A code. The RF stage and signal processorare
simultaneously switched to synchronize with the signal. The signal processor has its own time base (Real
Time Clock, RTC). All the data ascertained is broadcast (particularly signal transit time to the relevant
satellites determinedbythe correlator),and this is referredtoassource data.The signal processorcan be
programmedbythecontrollerviathecontrollinetofunctioninvariousoperatingmodes.

Controller: Usingthesourcedata,thecontrollercalculatesposition,time,speedandcourseetc.Itcontrols
the signal processor and relays the calculated values to the display. Important information (such as
ephemeris,themostrecentpositionetc.)aredecodedandsavedinRAM.Theprogramandthecalculation
algorithmsaresavedinROM.

Keyboard:Usingthekeyboard,theusercanselect,whichcoordinatesystemhewishestouseandwhich
parameters(e.g.numberofvisiblesatellites)shouldbedisplayed.

Display: Theposition calculated (longitude, latitudeand height) must be madeavailable to the user.This
can either be displayed using a 7-segment display or shown on a screen using a projected map. The
positionsdeterminedcanbesaved,wholeroutesbeingrecorded.

Power supply: Thepowersupplydeliversthenecessaryoperationalvoltage toallelectronic components.

9.2 GNSS receiver modules


9.2.1 Basic design of a GNSS module
GNSS modules have to evaluate weak antenna signals from at least four satellites, in order to determine a
correct three-dimensional position. A time signal is also often emitted in addition to longitude, latitude and
height. This time signal is synchronized with UTC (Universal Time Coordinated). From the position determined
and the exact time, additional physical variables, such as speed and acceleration can also be calculated. The
GNSSmoduleissuesinformationontheconstellation,satellitehealth,andthenumberofvisiblesatellitesetc.
Figure141showsatypicalblockdiagramofaGNSSmodule.
Thesignalsreceived(1575.42MHz)arepre-amplifiedandtransformedtoalowerintermediatefrequency.The
referenceoscillatorprovidesthenecessarycarrierwaveforfrequencyconversion,alongwiththenecessaryclock
frequencyfortheprocessorandcorrelator.Theanalogintermediatefrequencyisconvertedintoadigitalsignal
bymeansofanADC.
SignaltraveltimefromthesatellitestotheGNSSreceiverisdeterminedbycorrelatingPRNpulsesequences.The
satellitePRNsequencemustbeusedtoestablishthistime,otherwisethereisnocorrelationmaximum.Datais
recoveredbymixingitwiththecorrectPRNsequence.Atthesametime,theusefulsignalisamplifiedabovethe
interference level 104 . Up to 16 satellite signals are processed simultaneously. A signal processor carries out the

104

SatellitenortungundNavigation,WernerMansfield,page157,ViewegVerlag

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

GNSSRECEIVERS

Page 159 of 174

GPS-Compendium

control and generation of PRN sequences and the recovery of data. Calculating and saving the position,
includingthevariablesderivedfromthis,iscarriedoutbyaprocessorwithamemoryfacility.
Power supply
(3,3V ... 5V)

DGPS Input
RTCM

Active Passive
antenna antenna

LNA

Signal
Supply

RF amplifier
Mixer
A/D converter

Correlators
Signal processor
PRN generator

Time mark
1 PPS

RAM
Reference
Oscillator

Processor

NMEA

ROM

Proprietary

Interface

Figure 141: Typical block diagram of a GNSS module

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

GNSSRECEIVERS

Page 160 of 174

GPS-Compendium

10 GNSS applications

If you would like to . . .


o

knowwhatvariablescanbedeterminedusingGNSS

knowwhatapplicationsarepossiblewithGNSS

knowhowtimeispreciselydetermined

then this chapter is for you!

10.1 Introduction
UsingGNSSthefollowingtwovaluescanbedeterminedanywhereonEarth:

Exact position (longitude, latitude and height coordinates) accurate to within a range of 20 m to approx.
1mm

Precisetime(UniversalTimeCoordinated,UTC)accuratetowithinarangeof60nstoapprox.1ns.

Inaddition,othervaluescanalsobedetermined,suchas:

speed

acceleration

course

localtime

rangemeasurements

The established fields for GNSS usage are surveying, shipping and aviation. However, satellite navigation is
currentlyenjoyingasurgeindemandforLocationBasedServices(LBS)andsystemsfortheautomobileindustry.
ApplicationssuchasAutomaticVehicleLocation(AVL)andthemanagementofvehiclefleetsalsoappeartobe
on the rise. In addition, GNSS is increasingly being utilized in communications technology. For example, the
preciseGNSStimesignalisusedtosynchronizetelecommunicationsnetworksaroundtheworld.Since2001,the
US Federal Communications Commission (FCC) has required that, when Americans call 911 in an emergency,
theirpositionbeautomaticallydeterminedtowithinapprox.125m.Thislaw,knownasE-911(Enhanced911),
necessitatesthatmobiletelephonesbeupgradedwiththisnewtechnology.
In the leisure industry, GNSS is becoming increasingly widespread and important. Whether hiking, hunting,
mountain biking, or windsurfing across Lake Constance in Southern Germany, a GNSS receiver provides
invaluableinformationforagreatvarietyofsituations.
GNSScanessentiallybeusedanywhereonEarthwheresatellitesignalreceptionispossibleandknowledgeof
positionisofbenefit.

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

GNSSapplications

Page 161 of 174

GPS-Compendium

10.2 Description of the various applications


GNSS aided navigation and positioning is used in many sectors of the economy, as well as in science,
technology,tourism,researchandsurveying.GNSScanbeutilizedwhereverprecisethree-dimensionalpositional
datahasasignificantroletoplay.Afewimportantsectorsaredetailedbelow.

10.2.1 Location Based Services (LBS)


LocationBasedServices(LBS)areservicesbasedonthecurrentpositionofauser(e.g.,MobileCommunications
Network users equipped with a cell-phone). Normally, the mobile station (e.g. cell-phone) must be logged on
anditspositiongiveninordertorequestorobtainspecificinformation/servicesfromtheprovider.Anexampleof
this is the distribution of local information, such as the location of the nearest restaurant or automatically
providingthecallerpositiontoemergencynumberservices(E-911orE-112).
The prerequisite for LBS is the determination of accurate position information. Location is determined either
throughsignalsfromthecell-phonenetworkorthroughusingsatellitesignals.
Thelocationoftheuseriseithergivenwithabsolutegeographiccoordinates(longitudeandlatitude)orrelative
to the position of a given reference point (e.g., the user is located within a radius of 500m to the
monument).Therearebasicallytwokindsofservicesprovided,knownaspushservicesorpullservices.
Apushservicesendstheuserinformationonthebasisofhisorherpositionwithouttheirhavingtorequestit
(e.g.Inthevicinityis).Apullservicerequiresthattheuserfirstrequesttheinformationfromtheservice
(e.g.,callinganemergencynumberE-911orE-112).
Knowinglocationisofcriticalimportanceforsurvivingemergencies.However,publicsecurityandrescueservices
have shown in a study that 60% of those making emergency calls with mobile telephones were unable to
communicatetheirexactposition(incomparisonto2%ofcallersfromfixed-nettelephones).Everyyearwithin
theEuropeanUnionthereare80millionemergencycallsmade,ofthese50%aremadewithmobiletelephones.
The determination of the users position can either be obtained within the mobile station or by the mobile
network.Fordeterminingthepositionthemobilestationreferstoinformationfromthemobilecommunication
networkorsatellitesignals.
Countlesstechnologiesforpositioninghavealreadybeenintroducedandhavebeenstandardized.Fewofthese
are currently being used and it remains to be seen if all the ideas will ever be realized. In Europe, the most
commonapplicationscurrentlybeingusedare:

Positiondeterminationthroughtheidentificationofactivecellsinthecell-phonenetwork(Cell-ID).This
procedureisalsoknownasCellofOrigin(COO)orCellGlobalIdentity(CGI).

PositiondeterminationbythetimedelayofGSM-SignalsTA(TimingAdvance).TAisaparameterin
GSM-Networksthroughwhichthedistancetothebasestationcanbedetermined.

SatellitePositioningthroughSatelliteNavigation:e.g.GNSS

10.2.2 Commerce and industry


Forthetimebeing,roadtransportationcontinuestobethebiggestmarketforGNSS.Ofatotalmarketvalue
estimated at 60 billion US-$ in 2005, 21.6 billion alone was accounted for by road transportation and 10.6
billionbytelecommunicationstechnology 105 .Vehicleswillbeequippedwithacomputerandascreen,sothata
suitable map showing position can be displayed at all times. This will enable selecting the best route to the
destination.Duringtrafficjamsalternativeroutescanbeeasilydeterminedandthecomputerwillcalculatethe
journeytimeandtheamountoffuelneededtogetthere.

105

http://www.alliedworld.com

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

GNSSapplications

Page 162 of 174

GPS-Compendium

Vehiclenavigationsystemswilldirectthedrivertohisorherdestinationwithvisualandaudibledirectionsand
recommendations. Using the necessary maps stored on CD-ROM and position estimates based on GNSS, the
systemwilldeterminethemostfavorableroutes.
GNSSisalreadyusedasamatterofcourseinconventionalnavigation(aviationandshipping).Manytrainsare
equippedwithGNSSreceiversthatrelaythetrainspositiontostationsdowntheline.Thisenablespersonnelto
informpassengersofthearrivaltimeofatrain.
GNSScanbeusedforlocatingvehiclesorasananti-theftdevice.Armoredcars,limousinesandtruckscarrying
valuable or hazardous cargo will be fitted with GNSS. An alarm will automatically be set off if the vehicle
deviatesfromitsprescribedroute.Withthepressofabuttonthedrivercanalsooperatethealarm.Anti-theft
deviceswillbeequippedwithGNSSreceivers,allowingthevehicletobeelectronicallyimmobilizedassoonas
monitoringcentersreceiveasignal.
GNSS can assist in emergency calls. This concept has already been developed to the marketing level. An
automobile is equipped with an onboard GNSS receiver connected to a crash detector. In the event of an
accident this signals an emergency call center providing precise information about which direction the vehicle
wastravelinganditscurrentlocation.Asaresult,theconsequencesofanaccidentcanbemadelesssevereand
otherdriverscanbegivenadvancedwarning.
Railways are other highly critical transportation applications, where human life is dependent on technology
functioningcorrectly.Precautionsneedtobetakenhereagainstsystemfailure.Thisistypicallyachievedthrough
backupsystems,wherethesametaskisperformedinparallelbyredundantequipment.Duringidealoperating
situations, independent sources provide identical information. Well-devised systems indicate (in addition to a
standardwarningmessage)iftheavailabledataisinsufficientlyreliable.Ifthisisthecase,thesystemcanswitch
toanothersensorasitsprimarydatasource,providingself-monitoringandcorrection.GNSScanprovideavital
rolehereinimprovingsystemreliabilityandsafety.
OtherpossibleusesforGNSSinclude:

Navigationsystems

Fleetmanagement

Geographicaltachographs

Railways

Transportcompanies,logisticsingeneral(aircraft,water-bornecraftandroadvehicles)

Automaticcontainermovements

Extensivestoragesites

Layingpipelines(geodesyingeneral)

Positioningofdrillplatforms

Developmentofopen-pitmining

Reclamationoflandfillsites

Explorationofgeologicaldeposits

10.2.3 Communications technology


Synchronizingcomputerclocksisvitalinsituationswithseparatedprocessors.Thefoundationofthisisahighly
accuratereferenceclockusedtoreceiveGNSSsatellitesignalsalongwithNetworkTimeProtocol(NTP),specified
inRFC1305.
OtherpossibleusesforGNSSinclude:

Synchronizationofsystemtime-staggeredmessagetransfer

Synchronizationincommonfrequencyradionetworks

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

GNSSapplications

Page 163 of 174

GPS-Compendium

10.2.4 Agriculture and forestry


GNSScontributestoprecisionfarmingintheformofareaandusemanagement,andthemappingofsitesin
terms of yield potential. In a precision farming system, combined harvest yields are recorded by GNSS and
processedinitiallyintospecificplotsondigitalmaps.SoilsamplesarelocatedwiththehelpofGNSSandthedata
addedtothesystem.Analysisoftheseentriesthenservestoestablishtheamountoffertilizerthatneedstobe
appliedtoeachpoint.Theapplicationmapsareconvertedintoaformthatonboardcomputerscanprocessand
aretransferredtothesecomputerusingmemorycards.Inthisway,optimalpracticescanbedevisedoveralong
termthatcanprovidehightime/resourcesavingsandenvironmentalconservation.
OtherpossibleusesforGNSSinclude:

Useandplanningofareas

Monitoringoffallowland

Planningandmanagingofcroprotation

Useofharvestingequipment

Seedingandspreadingfertilizer

Optimizingloggingoperations

Pestmanagement

Mappingdiseasedandinfestedareas

For the forest industry as well, there are many conceivable GNSS applications. The USDA (United States
Department of Agriculture) Forest Service GPS Steering Committee 1992, has identified over 130 possible
applicationsinthisfield.
Examplesofsometheseapplicationsarebrieflydetailedbelow:

Optimizinglogtransportation:ByequippingcommercialvehiclefleetswithonboardcomputersandGNSS,
andusingremotedatatransferfacilities,transportvehiclescanbeefficientlydirectedfromcentraloperations
units.

Inventory Management: Manual identification prior to timber harvesting is made redundant by satellite
navigation.Fortheworkersonsite,GNSScanbeusedasatoolforcarryingoutspecificinstructions.

SoilConservation:ByusingGNSS,remoteroadsandtracksusedinharvestingwoodcanbeidentifiedand
theirfrequencyofuseestablished.

Managementofprivatewoodlots:Inwoodedareasdividedupintosmallparcels,cost-effectiveandhighly
mechanized harvesting processes can be employed using GNSS, allowing the transport of increased
quantitiesoftimber.

10.2.5 Science and research


With the advent of the use of aerial and satellite imaging in archaeology, GNSS has also become firmly
established in this field. By combining GIS (Geographic Information Systems) with satellite and aerial
photography,aswellasGNSSand3Dmodeling,ithasbeenpossibletoanswersomeofthefollowingquestions:

Whatconclusionsregardingthedistributionofculturescanbemadebasedonthelocationofthefinds?

Isthereacorrelationbetweenareasfavoringthegrowthofcertainarableplantsandthespreadofcertain
cultures?

Whatdidthelandscapelooklikeinthisvicinity2000yearsago?

Surveyorsuse(D)GPS,inordertocarryoutsurveys(satellitegeodesy)quicklyandefficientlytowithinanaccuracy
ofamillimeter.Forsurveyors,theintroductionofsatellite-basedsurveyingrepresentsaprogresscomparableto
that between the abacus and the computer. The applications areendless. Theserangefrom land registry and
GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

GNSSapplications

Page 164 of 174

GPS-Compendium

property surveys to surveying roads, railway lines, rivers and the ocean depths. Geological variations and
deformationscanbemeasuredandlandslidesandotherpotentialcatastrophescanbemonitored,etc.
In land surveying, GNSS has virtually become the exclusive method for pinpointing sites in basic grids.
Everywherearoundtheworld,continentalandnationalGNSSnetworksaredevelopingthat,inconjunctionwith
the global ITRF, provide consistent and highly accurate networks of points for density and point-to-point
measurements. At a regional level, the number of tenders to set up GNSS networks as a basis for geoinformationsystemsandcadastrallandsurveysisgrowing.
GNSS already has an established place in photogrammetry. Apart from determining coordinates for ground
referencepoints,GNSSisregularlyusedtodetermineaerialsurveynavigationandcameracoordinatesforaerotriangulation. Using this method, over 90% of ground reference points can be dispensed with. Future
reconnaissancesatelliteswillbeequippedwithGNSSreceiverstoaidtheevaluationofdataforproducingand
updatingmapsinunderdevelopedcountries.
In hydrography, GNSS can be used to determine the exact height of a survey boat. This can simplify the
establishment of clearly defined reference points. The expectation is that usable GNSS procedures in this field
willbeoperationalinthenearfuture.
OtherpossibleareasofapplicationforGNSSare:

Archaeology

Seismology(geophysics)

Glaciology(geophysics)

Geology(mapping)

Surveyingdeposits(mineralogy,geology)

Physics(flowmeasurements,timestandardizationmeasurement)

Scientificexpeditions

Engineeringsciences(e.g.shipbuilding,generalconstructionindustry)

Cartography

Geography

Geo-informationtechnology

Forestryandagriculturalsciences

Landscapeecology

Geodesy

Aerospacesciences

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

GNSSapplications

Page 165 of 174

GPS-Compendium

10.2.6 Tourism and sport


In sailplaneand hangglider competitions GNSSreceiversareoftenused tomaintain protocolswithno riskof
bribery.
GNSS can be used to locate persons who have found themselves in a maritime or alpine emergency. (SAR:
SearchandRescue)
OtherpossibleusesforGNSSinclude:

Route planning and selecting points of particular significance (natural and culturally/historically significant
monuments)

Orienteering(trainingroutes)

Outdooractivitiesandtrekking

Sportingactivities

10.2.7 Military
GNSS is used anywhere where combatants, vehicles, aircraft and guided missiles are deployed in unfamiliar
terrain. GNSS is also suitable for marking the position of minefields and underground depots, as it enables a
locationtobedeterminedandfoundagainwithoutanygreatdifficulty.Asarule,themoreaccurate,encrypted
GNSSsignal(PPS)isusedformilitaryapplications,andcanonlybeusedbyauthorizedagencies.

10.2.8 Time measurement


GNSS provides the opportunity to exactly measure time on a global basis. Around the world time (UTC
UniversalTimeCoordinated)canbeaccuratelydeterminedtowithin1...60ns.MeasuringtimewithGNSSis
much more accurate than with so-called radio clocks, which are unable to compensate for signal travel times
between the transmitter and the receiver. If, for example, the receiver is 300 km from the radio clock
transmitter, the signal travel time already accounts for 1ms, which is 10,000 times less accurate than time
measuredbyaGNSSreceiver.Globallyprecisetimemeasurementsarenecessaryforsynchronizingcontroland
communicationsfacilities,forexample.
Currently,themostcommonmethodformakingprecisiontimecomparisonsbetweenclocksindifferentplaces
is a common-view comparison with the help of GNSS satellites. Institutes that wish to compare clocks
measurethesameGNSSsatellitesignalsatthesametimeandcalculatethetimedifferencebetweenthelocal
clocksandGNSSsystemtime.Asaresultofthedifferencesinmeasurement,thedifferencebetweentheclocks
at the two institutes can be determined. Because this involves a differential process, GNSS clock status is
irrelevant.TimecomparisonsbetweenthePTBandtimeinstitutesaremadeinthiswaythroughouttheworld.
ThePTBatomicclockstatus,determinedwiththehelpofGNSS,isalsorelayedtotheInternationalBureaufor
WeightsandMeasures(BIPM)inParisforcalculatingtheinternationalatomictimescalesTAIandUTC.

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

GNSSapplications

Page 166 of 174

GPS-Compendium

Appendix
A Resources in the World Wide Web
If you would like to...
o

know,whereyoucangetmoreinformationaboutGNSS

know,wheretheGPSsystemisdocumented

becomeaGNSSexpert

then this chapter is for you!

A.1 Summary reports and links


GlobalPositioningSystemOverviewbyPeterH.Dana,UniversityofColorado
http://www.colorado.edu/geography/gcraft/notes/gps/gps_f.html

GlobalPositioningSystem(GPS)ResourcesbySamWormley,
http://www.edu-observatory.org/gps/gps.html

NMEA-0183andGPSInformationbyPeterBennett,
http://vancouver-webpages.com/peter/

JoeMehaffey,YeazelandDaleDePriestsGPSInformation
http://gpsinformation.net

TheGlobalPositioningSystems(GPS)ResourceLibrary
http://www.gpsy.com/gpsinfo/

GPSSPSSignalSpecification,2ndEdition(June2,1995),USCGNavigationCenter
http://www.navcen.uscg.gov/pubs/gps/sigspec/default.htm

A.2 Differential GPS


DifferentialGPS(DGPS)bySamWormley,
http://www.edu-observatory.org/gps/dgps.html

DGPScorrectionsovertheInternet
http://www.wsrcc.com/wolfgang/gps/dgps-ip.html

EGNOSOperationsManager
http://www.essp.be/

WideAreaDifferentialGPS(WADGPS),StanfordUniversity
http://waas.stanford.edu/

A.3 GPS institutes


InstituteforappliedGeodesy:GPSinformationandobservingsystem
http://gibs.leipzig.ifag.de/cgi-bin/Info_hom.cgi?de

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

Appendix
Page 167 of 174

GPS-Compendium

GPSPRIMER:AerospaceCorporation
http://www.aero.org/publications/GPSPRIMER/index.html

U.S.CoastGuard(USCG)NavigationCenter
http://www.navcen.uscg.gov/

U.S.NavalObservatory
http://tycho.usno.navy.mil/gps.html

RoyalInstituteofNavigation,London
http://www.rin.org.uk/

TheInstituteofNavigation
http://www.ion.org/

UniversityNAVSTARConsortium(UNAVCO)
http://www.unavco.org

A.4 GNSS newsgroup and GNSS technical journal


Newsgroup:sci.geo.satellite-nav
http://groups.google.com/groups?oi=djq&as_ugroup=sci.geo.satellite-nav

Technicaljournal:GPSWorld(appearsmonthly)
http://www.gpsworld.com

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

Appendix
Page 168 of 174

GPS-Compendium

B Index
B.1 List of figures
Figure1:Thebasicfunctionofsatellitenavigation........................................................................................................................................ 10
Figure2:Determiningthedistanceofalightningflash ................................................................................................................................. 12
Figure3:Inthesimplestcasedistanceisdeterminedbymeasuringthetraveltime ....................................................................................... 13
Figure4:Withtwotransmittersitispossibletocalculatetheexactpositiondespitetimeerrors. .................................................................. 14
Figure5:Foursatellitesareneededtodeterminelongitude,latitude,altitudeandtime ................................................................................ 14
Figure6:Determiningthesignaltraveltime.................................................................................................................................................. 15
Figure7:Thepositionofthereceiverattheintersectionofthetwocircles ................................................................................................... 16
Figure8:Thepositionisdeterminedatthepointwhereallthreespheresintersect ....................................................................................... 16
Figure9:Foursatellitesarerequiredtodetermineapositionin3-Dspace. ................................................................................................... 17
Figure10:AgeoidisanapproximationoftheEarthssurface....................................................................................................................... 19
Figure11:Producingaspheroid ................................................................................................................................................................... 19
Figure12:Customizedlocalreferenceellipsoid ............................................................................................................................................ 20
Figure13:Differencebetweengeoidandellipsoid ....................................................................................................................................... 20
Figure14:IllustrationoftheCartesiancoordinates ....................................................................................................................................... 21
Figure15:Illustrationoftheellipsoidalcoordinates ..................................................................................................................................... 22
Figure16:Geodeticdatum........................................................................................................................................................................... 23
Figure17:Gauss-Krgerprojection .............................................................................................................................................................. 25
Figure18:Principleofprojectingonezone(ofsixty) ..................................................................................................................................... 26
Figure19:DesignationofthezonesusingUTM,withexamples.................................................................................................................... 26
Figure20:Theprincipleofdoubleprojection................................................................................................................................................ 27
Figure21:Fromsatellitetoposition.............................................................................................................................................................. 27
Figure22:RastermapwithpixelcoordinatesX,Y(left)andvectormapwithgeographiccoordinatesX,Y(right)........................................ 29
Figure23:Definitionofthesourcepoints ..................................................................................................................................................... 30
Figure24:The3calibrationpointsmustbewelldistributedonthemap....................................................................................................... 30
Figure25:Rastermapwiththreecalibrationpoints ...................................................................................................................................... 32
Figure26:DeterminingpositionwiththepixelcoordinatesX=643andY=370 ......................................................................................... 33
Figure27:VerifyingthecalculatedgeographiccoordinateswithGoogleEarth ............................................................................................. 33
Figure28:Satellitesmovealongaplane ....................................................................................................................................................... 34
Figure29:DepictionofKepler'ssecondlaw ................................................................................................................................................. 35
Figure30:Determiningtheorbitalaltitude(h)ofasatellite .......................................................................................................................... 36
Figure31:Satelliteorbits .............................................................................................................................................................................. 36
Figure32:Almanac ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 37
Figure33:Azimuth....................................................................................................................................................................................... 37
Figure34:ThethreeGPSsegments .............................................................................................................................................................. 43
Figure35:GPSsatellitesorbittheEarthon6orbitalplanes .......................................................................................................................... 44
Figure36:24hourtrackingofaGPSsatellitewithitseffectiverange ........................................................................................................... 44
Figure37:PositionoftheGPSsatellitesat12:00hrsUTCon14thApril2001 .............................................................................................. 45
Figure38:AGPSsatellite ............................................................................................................................................................................. 46

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

Appendix
Page 169 of 174

GPS-Compendium

Figure39:SpectralPowerDensityofreceivedsignalandthermalnoise ........................................................................................................ 47
Figure40:PseudoRandomNoise(PRN) ........................................................................................................................................................ 48
Figure41:Simplifiedsatelliteblockdiagram ................................................................................................................................................. 49
Figure42:DatastructureofaGPSsignal...................................................................................................................................................... 49
Figure43:DetailedblockdiagramofaGPSsatellite ..................................................................................................................................... 50
Figure44:ImprovementofpositionaccuracyafterthedeactivationofSAonMay2,2000........................................................................... 51
Figure45:Improvementofpositionaccuracyasfunctionoftime ................................................................................................................. 52
Figure46:Measuringsignaltraveltime ........................................................................................................................................................ 53
Figure47:Demonstrationofthecorrectionprocessacross30bits ................................................................................................................ 53
Figure48:Searchforthemaximumcorrelationinthecodeandcarrierfrequencydomains .......................................................................... 54
Figure49:Spectralpowerdensityofthecorrelatedsignalandthermalsignalnoise...................................................................................... 55
Figure50:Structureoftheentirenavigationmessage .................................................................................................................................. 57
Figure51:Ephemeristerms .......................................................................................................................................................................... 59
Figure52:WithBPSKthenavigationdatasignalisfirstspreadbyacode...................................................................................................... 60
Figure53:PowerspectraldensityofBPSK(1)signals(signalstrengthnormalizedat1Wpersignal) .............................................................. 60
Figure54:BlockschematicofaBOC(10,5)modulator .................................................................................................................................. 61
Figure55:WithBPSK(1)andBOC(1,1)thesignalmaximaareseparated(signalstrengthnormalizedat1Wpersignal) ................................ 62
Figure56:MBOC(6,1,1/11)modulatorsforL1CandL1OS........................................................................................................................... 62
Figure57:PowerspectraldensityofMBOC(6,1,1/11)comparedwithBPSK(1)(P=1Wpersignal)................................................................ 63
Figure58:GPSIIFsatellite(left)undGPSIIIsatellite(right) ............................................................................................................................ 64
Figure59:WithmodernizationthenumberofavailableGPSfrequencieswillbeincreased ........................................................................... 65
Figure60:StatusofGLONASSasofJuly2009.............................................................................................................................................. 67
Figure61:ThethreeorbitalsofGLONASS .................................................................................................................................................... 68
Figure62:GLONASS-MsatelliteandthelaunchofaProton-K-DM2rocket .................................................................................................. 69
Figure63:GLONASSdevelopmentplan........................................................................................................................................................ 69
Figure64:BycompletionofdevelopmentthemeasuredpositioningaccuracyshouldequalthatofGPS ....................................................... 70
Figure65:RubidiumandHydrogen-Maseratomicclocks.............................................................................................................................. 71
Figure66:UnlikeSARSAT-COSPAS,GALILEO'sSearchandRescueservicealsoprovidesareplytothedistresssignal.................................... 73
Figure67:ConstellationoftheGALILEOsatellites(picture:ESA-J.Huart) ....................................................................................................... 75
Figure68:GALILEOsatellite(Picture:ESA-J.Huart) ........................................................................................................................................ 75
Figure69:Ariane5rocketdelivering8GALILEOsatellitesintospace(GALILEO-industries.net)...................................................................... 76
Figure70:FrequencieswithreservedbandwidthsforGALILEOservices ........................................................................................................ 77
Figure71:PlannedGALILEOfrequencies ...................................................................................................................................................... 77
Figure72:GIOVE-AanditslaunchonDecember28,2005(pictureESA) ...................................................................................................... 78
st

Figure73:Launchof1 CompassMEOsatelliteinApril2007withChangZheng3Arocket .......................................................................... 80


Figure74:Foursatellitesignalsmustbereceived .......................................................................................................................................... 81
Figure75:Three-dimensionalcoordinatesystem .......................................................................................................................................... 82
Figure76:ConversionoftheTaylorseries..................................................................................................................................................... 83
Figure77:Estimatingaposition.................................................................................................................................................................... 84
Figure78:Determinationofrange(R)basedonthesignaltraveltimet(c=speedoflight) ......................................................................... 86
Figure79:Correlationbysearchingthemaxima ........................................................................................................................................... 87
Figure80:Determinationofthesatellitesignalarrivaltime........................................................................................................................... 87
Figure81:Reconstructionofthenavigationmessage ................................................................................................................................... 88

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

Appendix
Page 170 of 174

GPS-Compendium

Figure82:TelemetryWord(TLM)andHandoverWord(HOW)ofthenavigationmessage ............................................................................ 88
Figure83:Determinationoftraveltimeerror................................................................................................................................................ 89
Figure84:Exampleofdeterminationofcorrectedtraveltime ....................................................................................................................... 90
Figure85:TheflattertheanglewithwhichthecircleswithrangesR1andR2intersect,thehighertheDOPvalue........................................ 92
Figure86:Thelargertheenclosedvolume,thesmallertheDOPvalue.......................................................................................................... 93
Figure87:DOPvaluesandthenumberofsatellitesoveranopenareaduringa24-hourperiod ................................................................... 94
Figure88:24-hourHDOPvalues,inareawithwithnoshadow/obstructionofsatellitevisibility(max.HDOP<1.9)....................................... 95
Figure89:24-hourHDOPvalues,inareawithwithstrongshadow/obstructionofsatellitevisibility(max.HDOP>20).................................. 95
Figure90:DOPvalueswithunfavorablesatelliteconstellation ...................................................................................................................... 96
Figure91:DOPvalueswithfavorablesatelliteconstellation .......................................................................................................................... 96
Figure92:Descriptionofsatelliteanduserpositionwithcartesiancoordinates............................................................................................. 97
Figure93:Effectofthetimeofmeasuringonthereflections...................................................................................................................... 101
Figure94:PSRMeasurementerroranditsdependenceonIonizationandFrequency................................................................................. 102
Figure95:PrincipleofDGPSwithaGPSbasestation.................................................................................................................................. 104
Figure96:Determinationofthecorrectionfactors ..................................................................................................................................... 105
Figure97:Transmissionofthecorrectionfactors ........................................................................................................................................ 105
Figure98:Correctionofthemeasuredpseudoranges................................................................................................................................. 106
Figure99:Principleofthephasemeasurement ......................................................................................................................................... 106
Figure100:ComparisonofDGPSsystemsbasedonRTCMandRTCAstandards......................................................................................... 109
Figure101:RadiobeaconcoverageforAustralia ........................................................................................................................................ 111
Figure102:Coverageareasofthe6Omnistarsatellites(twozonesoverlapeachother) ............................................................................. 111
Figure103:CoverageareaofStarfire ......................................................................................................................................................... 112
Figure104:WAASareaofcoverage ........................................................................................................................................................... 113
Figure105:SatelliteorbitsandgroundtracksofQZSS................................................................................................................................ 114
Figure106:QZSSsatelliteorbits,groundtracksandelevationoverTokyo................................................................................................... 114
Figure107:PositionandcoverageofWAAS,EGNOS,GAGANandMSAS .................................................................................................. 115
Figure108:PrincipleofallSatelliteBasedAugmentationSystemsSBAS...................................................................................................... 116
Figure109:LandStar-DGPSandOmnistarilluminationzone ....................................................................................................................... 117
Figure110:MobilereceiverandblockdiagramshowingintegratedGPSmodule........................................................................................ 119
Figure111:TimetoFirstFix(TTFF)withdifferentAiding-Dataasafunctionofsignalstrength.................................................................... 120
Figure112:AccelerationofthesearchprocedurewithA-GPSbyreducingthesearcharea......................................................................... 120
Figure113:IGSreferencestations(asofNovember2007)withapprox.340activestations........................................................................ 121
Figure114:Assisted-GPSsystem ................................................................................................................................................................ 122
Figure115:WithOnlineA-GPS,Aiding-Dataiscontinuouslytransmitted.................................................................................................... 123
Figure116:FromtheAlmanacdatapreciseorbitaldata(TrueOrbits)arecalculated ................................................................................... 123
Figure117:WithControlPlaneArchitecturethemobilenetworkmustbealtered ...................................................................................... 124
Figure118:WithUserPlaneArchitecturethemobilenetworkrequiresnoalteration .................................................................................. 125
Figure119:BlockdiagramwithcomponentsaccordingtoOMA ................................................................................................................ 127
Figure120:BlockDiagramofinputstages ................................................................................................................................................. 128
Figure121:GNSSRepeater(externalantenna,electricaladapterandpowercord,amplifierandinternalantenna) ..................................... 129
Figure122:BlockdiagramofaGNSSreceiverwithinterfaces..................................................................................................................... 130
Figure123:NMEAformat(TTLandRS-232level) ....................................................................................................................................... 132
Figure124:GoogleEarthwithDetail.......................................................................................................................................................... 142

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

Appendix
Page 171 of 174

GPS-Compendium

Figure125:Track,consistingof3measurements,displayedbyu-center ..................................................................................................... 143


Figure126:Depictionoflatitudeandlongitudevalues ...............................................................................................................................144
Figure127:KMLFile(3_point_Chur.kml)ofthetrack ................................................................................................................................. 144
Figure128:KMLfile,displayedwithGoogleEarth...................................................................................................................................... 145
Figure129:ConstructionoftheRTCMmessageheader ............................................................................................................................. 146
Figure130:TotalframeswithRTCMSC-104(Version2.x) .......................................................................................................................... 147
Figure131:ConstructionofRTCMmessagetype1 .................................................................................................................................... 148
Figure132:StructureoftheUBXdatasets ................................................................................................................................................. 151
Figure133:Passiveopen(left)andactiveenclosedPatchantennas............................................................................................................. 153
Figure134:Passive(left)andactivehelixantenna....................................................................................................................................... 154
Figure135:Chipantenna........................................................................................................................................................................... 154
Figure136:1PPSsignal .............................................................................................................................................................................. 155
Figure137:DifferencebetweenTTLandRS-232levels ...............................................................................................................................156
Figure138:BlockdiagrampinassignmentoftheMAX32121levelconverter ............................................................................................. 157
Figure139:FunctionaltestontheMAX3221levelconverter ...................................................................................................................... 157
Figure140:SimplifiedblockdiagramofaGNSSreceiver ............................................................................................................................ 158
Figure141:TypicalblockdiagramofaGNSSmodule ................................................................................................................................. 160

B.2 List of tables


Table1:Nationalreferencesystems.............................................................................................................................................................. 21
Table2:TheWGS-84ellipsoid...................................................................................................................................................................... 22
Table3:Datumparameters .......................................................................................................................................................................... 23
Table4:Satellitecommunicationandnavigationfrequencies ....................................................................................................................... 39
Table5:Timesystems,January2009 ............................................................................................................................................................ 41
Table6:L1carrierlinkbudgetanalysismodulatedwiththeC/Acode ........................................................................................................... 46
Table7:Comparisonbetweenephemerisandalmanacdata ........................................................................................................................ 58
Table8:PlannedpositioningaccuraciesforGALILEO .................................................................................................................................... 74
Table9:FrequencyplanofGALILEOanddistributionofservices................................................................................................................... 76
Table10:ComparisonofthemostimportantpropertiesofGPS,GLONASSandGALILEO(asofFebruary2008) ........................................... 79
Table11:Errorcauses(typicalranges) ......................................................................................................................................................... 91
Table12:TotalerrorinHDOP=1.3.............................................................................................................................................................. 97
Table13:Transmissionprocessofthedifferentialsignal(forcodeandphasemeasurement) ...................................................................... 107
Table14:StandardsforDGPScorrectionsignals ......................................................................................................................................... 108
Table15:TheGEOsatellitesusedbyWAAS,EGNOSandMSAS(asofFebruary2008) ............................................................................... 115
Table16:DesignationoftheSBASstations ................................................................................................................................................ 116
Table17:PositioningaccuracywithoutandwithDGPS/SBAS ..................................................................................................................... 118
Table18:ComparisonofadvantagesofUser-planevs.Control-planeArchitectures ................................................................................... 126
Table19:DescriptionoftheindividualNMEADATASETblocks.................................................................................................................. 133
Table20:RecordingofanNMEAprotocol.................................................................................................................................................. 133
Table21:DescriptionoftheindividualGGAdatasetblocks ....................................................................................................................... 134
Table22:DescriptionoftheindividualGGLdatasetblocks ........................................................................................................................ 135
Table23:DescriptionoftheindividualGSAdatasetblocks ........................................................................................................................ 136

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

Appendix
Page 172 of 174

GPS-Compendium

Table24:DescriptionoftheindividualGSVdatasetblocks ........................................................................................................................ 137


Table25:DescriptionoftheindividualRMCdatasetblocks ....................................................................................................................... 138
Table26:DescriptionoftheindividualVTGdatasetblocks ........................................................................................................................ 139
Table27:DescriptionoftheindividualZDAdatasetblocks ........................................................................................................................ 140
Table28:DeterminingthechecksuminthecaseofNMEAdatasets .......................................................................................................... 141
Table29:ContentsoftheRTCMmessageheader ...................................................................................................................................... 146
Table30:ContentsofRTCMmessagetype1 ............................................................................................................................................. 149
Table31:RTCMSC-104Version2.3messagetypes ................................................................................................................................... 150
Table32:Messageclasses(Hexadecimalvaluesinbrackets)........................................................................................................................ 152

B.3 Sources
[I]

GlobalPositioningSystem,StandardPositioningSystemService,
nd
SignalSpecification,2 Edition,1995,page18,http://www.navcen.uscg.gov/pubs/gps/sigspec/gpssps1.pdf
nd

[II]
[III]

NAVCEN:GPSSPSSignalSpecifications,2 Edition,1995,http://www.navcen.uscg.gov/pubs/gps/sigspec/gpssps1.pdf
LemmeH.:SchnellesSpread-Spectrum-ModemaufeinemChip,Elektronik1996,
H.15p.38top.45

[IV]

http://www.maxim-ic.com/appnotes.cfm/appnote_number/1890

[V]

ParkinsonB.,SpilkerJ.:GlobalPositioningSystem,Volume1,AIAA-Inc.

[VI]

GPSStandardPositioningServiceSignalSpecification,2ndEdition,June2,1995

[VII]

JournaloftheInstituteofNavigation,2002,Vol.48,No.4,pp227-246,Author:JohnW.Betz

[VIII]

http://www.glonass-center.ru/nagu.txt

[IX]

http://www.dlr.de/dlr/News/pi_191004.htm

[X]

http://www.cospas-sarsat.org/Status/spaceSegmentStatus.htm

[XI]

http://europa.eu.int/comm/dgs/energy_transport/galileo/documents/brochure_en.htm

[XII]

http://www.esa.int/esaCP/SEMT498A9HE_Austria_0.html

[XIII]

http://europa.eu.int/scadplus/leg/de/lvb/l24004.htm

[XIV]

http://www.spiegel.de/wissenschaft/weltraum/0,1518,392467,00.html

[XV]

http://www.esa.int/esaCP/SEMQ36MZCIE_Improving_0.html

[XVI]

http://www.esa.int/esaCP/SEM0198A9HE_Germany_0.html

[XVII]

ManfredBauer:VermessungundOrtungmitSatelliten,Wichman-Verlag,Heidelberg,1997,
ISBN3-87907-309-0

[XVIII]

http://www.geocities.com/mapref/mapref.html

[XIX]

B.Hofmann-Wellenhof:GPSinderPraxis,Springer-Verlag,Wien1994,ISBN3-211-82609-2

[XX]

BundesamtfrLandestopographie:http://www.swisstopo.ch

[XXI]

ElliottD.Kaplan:UnderstandingGPS,ArtechHouse,Boston1996,
ISBN0-89006-793-7

[XXII]

http://www.tandt.be/wis

[XXIII]

http://www.egnos-pro.esa.int/IMAGEtech/imagetech_realtime.html

[XXIV]

http://igscb.jpl.nasa.gov/

[XXV]

GPS-World,November2003:VittoriniundRobinson:OptimizingIndoorGPSPerformance,page40

[XXVI]

www.maxim-ic.com/quick_view2.cfmDatenblattMAX2640,MAX2641

[XXVII]

NMEA0183,StandardForInterfacingMarineElectronicsDevices,Version2.30

[XXVIII]

http://www.navcen.uscg.gov/pubs/dgps/rctm104/Default.htm

[XXIX]

GlobalPositioningSystem:TheoryandApplications,VolumeII,BradfordW.Parkinson,page31

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

Appendix
Page 173 of 174

GPS-Compendium

[XXX]

UserManual:SonyGXB100016-channelGPSreceivermodule

[XXXI]

UserManual:SonyGXB100016-channelGPSreceivermodule

[XXXII]

swipos,PositionierungsdiensteaufderBasisvonDGPS,page6,BundesamtfrLandestopographie

[XXXIII]

http://www.potsdam.ifag.de/potsdam/dgps/dgps_2.html

[XXXIV]

http://www.maxim-ic.com

[XXXV]

SatellitenortungundNavigation,WernerMansfield,page157,ViewegVerlag

[XXXVI]

http://www.alliedworld.com

C Revision history
Revision

Date

Name

Status / Comments

-
A

11/10/2001
1/12/2006

jzog
jzog

Initialrelease
UpdateofChapters:

27/2/2007

tgri

UpdateofChapters:

26/4/2007

7/9/2009

SBAS(WAAS,EGNOS)
GPSModernization
Galileo
HighSensitivityGPS
AGPSErrorsandDOP
UTM-Projection
DGPS-Services
ProprietaryDataInterfaces
GPSReceivers
IntroductiontoSatelliteNavigation
SatelliteNavigationmadesimple

tgri

UpdateofSections:

jzog

SpaceSegment

UserSegment

TheGPSMessage

Calculatingaposition(equations)

DGPSServicesforreal-timecorrection

WideAreaDGPS

HardwareInterfaces

GNSSReceiverModules
Completelyrevisededition

GPS-X-02007-D

Copyright2009u-bloxAG

Appendix
Page 174 of 174

Vous aimerez peut-être aussi